src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_GRID
  20
  21 #include "wx/grid.h"
  22
  23 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  24     #include "wx/utils.h"
  25     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  26     #include "wx/settings.h"
  27     #include "wx/log.h"
  28     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  29     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  30     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  31     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  32     #include "wx/intl.h"
  33     #include "wx/math.h"
  34     #include "wx/listbox.h"
  35 #endif
  36
  37 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  38 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  39 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  40 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  41
  42 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  43
  44 const wxChar wxGridNameStr[] = wxT("grid");
  45
  46 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  47     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  48 #else
  49     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  50 #endif
  51
  52 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  53     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  54 #else
  55     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  56 #endif
  57
  58 // Required for wxIs... functions
  59 #include <ctype.h>
  60
  61 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  62 // array classes
  63 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  64
  65 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  66                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  67
  68 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  69 {
  70     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  71         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  72     {
  73         wxASSERT( attr );
  74     }
  75
  76     wxGridCellWithAttr(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other)
  77         : coords(other.coords),
  78           attr(other.attr)
  79     {
  80         attr->IncRef();
  81     }
  82
  83     wxGridCellWithAttr& operator=(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other)
  84     {
  85         coords = other.coords;
  86         if (attr != other.attr)
  87         {
  88             attr->DecRef();
  89             attr = other.attr;
  90             attr->IncRef();
  91         }
  92         return *this;
  93     }
  94
  95     void ChangeAttr(wxGridCellAttr* new_attr)
  96     {
  97         if (attr != new_attr)
  98         {
  99             // "Delete" (i.e. DecRef) the old attribute.
 100             attr->DecRef();
 101             attr = new_attr;
 102             // Take ownership of the new attribute, i.e. no IncRef.
 103         }
 104     }
 105
 106     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
 107     {
 108         attr->DecRef();
 109     }
 110
 111     wxGridCellCoords coords;
 112     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
 113 };
 114
 115 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
 116                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 117
 118 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
 119
 120 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
 121 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
 122
 123 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 124 // events
 125 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 126
 127 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
 128 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 129 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 130 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 131 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 132 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 133 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 134 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 135 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 136 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 137 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 138 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE)
 139 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 140 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 141 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 142 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 143 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 144 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 145
 146 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 147 // private classes
 148 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 149
 150 // common base class for various grid subwindows
 151 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSubwindow : public wxWindow
 152 {
 153 public:
 154     wxGridSubwindow() { m_owner = NULL; }
 155     wxGridSubwindow(wxGrid *owner,
 156                     wxWindowID id,
 157                     const wxPoint& pos,
 158                     const wxSize& size,
 159                     int additionalStyle = 0,
 160                     const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
 161         : wxWindow(owner, id, pos, size,
 162                    wxBORDER_NONE | additionalStyle,
 163                    name)
 164     {
 165         m_owner = owner;
 166     }
 167
 168     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
 169
 170     wxGrid *GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 171
 172 protected:
 173     void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
 174
 175     wxGrid *m_owner;
 176
 177     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 178     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSubwindow)
 179 };
 180
 181 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 182 {
 183 public:
 184     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { }
 185     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 186                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 187
 188 private:
 189     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 190     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 191     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 192
 193     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 194     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 195     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 196 };
 197
 198
 199 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 200 {
 201 public:
 202     wxGridColLabelWindow() { }
 203     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 204                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 205
 206 private:
 207     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 208     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 209     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 210
 211     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 212     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 213     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 214 };
 215
 216
 217 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 218 {
 219 public:
 220     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { }
 221     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 222                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 223
 224 private:
 225     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 226     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 227     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 228
 229     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 230     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 231     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 232 };
 233
 234 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 235 {
 236 public:
 237     wxGridWindow()
 238     {
 239         m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
 240         m_colLabelWin = NULL;
 241     }
 242
 243     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 244                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 245                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 246                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 247
 248     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 249
 250     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; }
 251
 252 private:
 253     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 254     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 255
 256     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 257     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 258     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 259     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 260     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 261     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 262     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 263     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 264
 265     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 266     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 267     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 268 };
 269
 270
 271 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 272 {
 273 public:
 274     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 275         : m_grid(grid),
 276           m_editor(editor),
 277           m_inSetFocus(false)
 278     {
 279     }
 280
 281     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 282     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 283     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 284
 285     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 286
 287 private:
 288     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 289     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 290
 291     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 292     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 293     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 294
 295     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 296     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 297     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 298 };
 299
 300
 301 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 302
 303 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 304     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 305     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 306     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 307 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 308
 309
 310 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 311 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 312 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 313
 314 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 315 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 316 {
 317 public:
 318     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 319     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 320     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 321     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 322
 323 private:
 324     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 325     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 326
 327     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 328 };
 329
 330 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 331 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 332 {
 333 public:
 334     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 335     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 336     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 337
 338     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 339     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 340     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 341
 342 private:
 343     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 344     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 345 };
 346
 347 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 348 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 349 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 350 {
 351 public:
 352     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 353     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 354                            m_colAttrs;
 355 };
 356
 357
 358 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 359 // data structures used for the data type registry
 360 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 361
 362 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 363 {
 364     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 365                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 366                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 367         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 368         {}
 369
 370     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 371     {
 372         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 373         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 374     }
 375
 376     wxString            m_typeName;
 377     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 378     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 379
 380     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 381 };
 382
 383
 384 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 385                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 386
 387
 388 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 389 {
 390 public:
 391   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 392     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 393
 394     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 395                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 396                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 397
 398     // find one of already registered data types
 399     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 400
 401     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 402     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 403     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 404
 405     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 406     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 407     // registered data type and set params for it
 408     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 409
 410     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 411     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 412
 413 private:
 414     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 415 };
 416
 417
 418 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 419 // conditional compilation
 420 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 421
 422 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 423 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 424 #endif
 425
 426 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 427 // globals
 428 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 429
 430 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 431 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 432     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 433     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 434 #endif
 435
 436 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 437 // constants
 438 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 439
 440 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 441 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 442
 443 // scroll line size
 444 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 445 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 446 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 447 //
 448 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 449 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 450 //       -- Robin
 451 //
 452 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 453 //       fixing anyhow
 454 //       -- Vadim
 455 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 456 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 457
 458 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 459 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 460 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 461
 462 #if 0
 463 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 464 // private functions
 465 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 466
 467 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 468 {
 469     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 470 }
 471
 472 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 473 {
 474     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 475 }
 476 #endif
 477
 478 // ============================================================================
 479 // implementation
 480 // ============================================================================
 481
 482 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 483 // wxGridCellEditor
 484 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 485
 486 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 487 {
 488     m_control = NULL;
 489     m_attr = NULL;
 490 }
 491
 492 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 493 {
 494     Destroy();
 495 }
 496
 497 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 498                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 499                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 500 {
 501     if ( evtHandler )
 502         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 503 }
 504
 505 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 506                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 507 {
 508     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 509     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 510     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 511     if (gridWindow)
 512         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 513
 514     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 515     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
 516     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 517
 518     // redraw the control we just painted over
 519     m_control->Refresh();
 520 }
 521
 522 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 523 {
 524     if (m_control)
 525     {
 526         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
 527
 528         m_control->Destroy();
 529         m_control = NULL;
 530     }
 531 }
 532
 533 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 534 {
 535     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 536
 537     m_control->Show(show);
 538
 539     if ( show )
 540     {
 541         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 542         if ( attr )
 543         {
 544             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 545             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 546
 547             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 548             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 549
 550 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 551 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 552             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 553             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 554 #endif
 555
 556             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 557             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 558         }
 559     }
 560     else
 561     {
 562         // restore the standard colours fonts
 563         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 564         {
 565             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 566             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 567         }
 568
 569         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 570         {
 571             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 572             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 573         }
 574
 575 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 576 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 577         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 578         {
 579             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 580             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 581         }
 582 #endif
 583     }
 584 }
 585
 586 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 587 {
 588     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 589
 590     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 591 }
 592
 593 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 594 {
 595     event.Skip();
 596 }
 597
 598 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 599 {
 600     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 601     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 602
 603 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 604     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 605     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 606     alt = event.MetaDown();
 607 #endif
 608
 609     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 610     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 611     // through in that case.
 612     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 613         return false;
 614
 615     int key = 0;
 616     bool keyOk = true;
 617
 618 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
 619     // If it's a F-Key or other special key then it shouldn't start the
 620     // editor.
 621     if (event.GetKeyCode() >= WXK_START)
 622         return false;
 623 #endif
 624 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 625     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 626     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 627     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
 628     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 629     key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 630     if (key <= 127)
 631     {
 632         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 633         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 634     }
 635 #else
 636     key = event.GetKeyCode();
 637     keyOk = (key <= 255);
 638 #endif
 639
 640     return keyOk;
 641 }
 642
 643 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 644 {
 645     event.Skip();
 646 }
 647
 648 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 649 {
 650 }
 651
 652 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 653
 654 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 655 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 656 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 657
 658 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 659 {
 660     m_maxChars = 0;
 661 }
 662
 663 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 664                                   wxWindowID id,
 665                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 666 {
 667     DoCreate(parent, id, evtHandler);
 668 }
 669
 670 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoCreate(wxWindow* parent,
 671                                     wxWindowID id,
 672                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler,
 673                                     long style)
 674 {
 675     style |= wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER | wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxNO_BORDER;
 676
 677     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 678                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 679                                style);
 680
 681     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 682     if ( m_maxChars != 0 )
 683     {
 684         Text()->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 685     }
 686
 687     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 688 }
 689
 690 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 691                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 692 {
 693     // as we fill the entire client area,
 694     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
 695 }
 696
 697 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 698 {
 699     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 700
 701     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
 702     //
 703     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
 704     //
 705 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 706     if (rect.x != 0)
 707     {
 708         rect.x += 1;
 709         rect.y += 1;
 710         rect.width -= 1;
 711         rect.height -= 1;
 712     }
 713 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 714     if ( rect.x == 0 )
 715         rect.x += 2;
 716     else
 717         rect.x += 3;
 718
 719     if ( rect.y == 0 )
 720         rect.y += 2;
 721     else
 722         rect.y += 3;
 723
 724     rect.width -= 2;
 725     rect.height -= 2;
 726 #else
 727     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 728     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 729
 730     #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 731         extra_x *= 2;
 732         extra_y *= 2;
 733     #endif
 734
 735     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 736     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 737     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
 738     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
 739 #endif
 740
 741     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 742 }
 743
 744 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 745 {
 746     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 747
 748     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 749
 750     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 751 }
 752
 753 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 754 {
 755     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 756     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 757     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
 758     Text()->SetFocus();
 759 }
 760
 761 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 762 {
 763     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 764
 765     bool changed = false;
 766     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 767     if (value != m_startValue)
 768         changed = true;
 769
 770     if (changed)
 771         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 772
 773     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 774
 775     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 776     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 777
 778     return changed;
 779 }
 780
 781 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 782 {
 783     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 784
 785     DoReset(m_startValue);
 786 }
 787
 788 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 789 {
 790     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 791     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 792 }
 793
 794 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 795 {
 796     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 797 }
 798
 799 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 800 {
 801     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 802     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 803     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 804     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 805
 806     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 807     wxChar ch;
 808     long pos;
 809
 810 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 811     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 812     if (ch <= 127)
 813         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 814 #else
 815     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 816 #endif
 817
 818     switch (ch)
 819     {
 820         case WXK_DELETE:
 821             // delete the character at the cursor
 822             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 823             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 824                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
 825             break;
 826
 827         case WXK_BACK:
 828             // delete the character before the cursor
 829             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 830             if (pos > 0)
 831                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
 832             break;
 833
 834         default:
 835             tc->WriteText(ch);
 836             break;
 837     }
 838 }
 839
 840 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 841                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 842 {
 843 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 844     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 845     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 846     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 847     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 848     Text()->SetValue(s);
 849     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 850 #else
 851     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 852     //
 853     event.Skip();
 854 #endif
 855 }
 856
 857 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 858 {
 859     if ( !params )
 860     {
 861         // reset to default
 862         m_maxChars = 0;
 863     }
 864     else
 865     {
 866         long tmp;
 867         if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 868         {
 869             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 870         }
 871         else
 872         {
 873             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
 874         }
 875     }
 876 }
 877
 878 // return the value in the text control
 879 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 880 {
 881     return Text()->GetValue();
 882 }
 883
 884 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 885 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 886 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 887
 888 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 889 {
 890     m_min = min;
 891     m_max = max;
 892 }
 893
 894 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 895                                     wxWindowID id,
 896                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 897 {
 898 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 899     if ( HasRange() )
 900     {
 901         // create a spin ctrl
 902         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 903                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 904                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 905                                    m_min, m_max);
 906
 907         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 908     }
 909     else
 910 #endif
 911     {
 912         // just a text control
 913         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 914
 915 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 916         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 917 #endif
 918     }
 919 }
 920
 921 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 922 {
 923     // first get the value
 924     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 925     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 926     {
 927         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 928     }
 929     else
 930     {
 931         m_valueOld = 0;
 932         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 933         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 934         {
 935             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 936             return;
 937         }
 938     }
 939
 940 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 941     if ( HasRange() )
 942     {
 943         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 944         Spin()->SetFocus();
 945     }
 946     else
 947 #endif
 948     {
 949         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 950     }
 951 }
 952
 953 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 954                                      wxGrid* grid)
 955 {
 956     long value = 0;
 957     wxString text;
 958
 959 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 960     if ( HasRange() )
 961     {
 962         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 963         if ( value == m_valueOld )
 964             return false;
 965
 966         text.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
 967     }
 968     else // using unconstrained input
 969 #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 970     {
 971         const wxString textOld(grid->GetCellValue(row, col));
 972         text = Text()->GetValue();
 973         if ( text.empty() )
 974         {
 975             if ( textOld.empty() )
 976                 return false;
 977         }
 978         else // non-empty text now (maybe 0)
 979         {
 980             if ( !text.ToLong(&value) )
 981                 return false;
 982
 983             // if value == m_valueOld == 0 but old text was "" and new one is
 984             // "0" something still did change
 985             if ( value == m_valueOld && (value || !textOld.empty()) )
 986                 return false;
 987         }
 988     }
 989
 990     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
 991     if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 992         table->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 993     else
 994         table->SetValue(row, col, text);
 995
 996     return true;
 997 }
 998
 999 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
1000 {
1001 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1002     if ( HasRange() )
1003     {
1004         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
1005     }
1006     else
1007 #endif
1008     {
1009         DoReset(GetString());
1010     }
1011 }
1012
1013 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1014 {
1015     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1016     {
1017         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1018         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
1019              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
1020         {
1021             return true;
1022         }
1023     }
1024
1025     return false;
1026 }
1027
1028 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1029 {
1030     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1031     if ( !HasRange() )
1032     {
1033         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
1034         {
1035             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1036
1037             // skip Skip() below
1038             return;
1039         }
1040     }
1041 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1042     else
1043     {
1044         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
1045         {
1046             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
1047             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
1048             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
1049             return;
1050         }
1051     }
1052 #endif
1053
1054     event.Skip();
1055 }
1056
1057 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1058 {
1059     if ( !params )
1060     {
1061         // reset to default
1062         m_min =
1063         m_max = -1;
1064     }
1065     else
1066     {
1067         long tmp;
1068         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1069         {
1070             m_min = (int)tmp;
1071
1072             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1073             {
1074                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1075
1076                 // skip the error message below
1077                 return;
1078             }
1079         }
1080
1081         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1082     }
1083 }
1084
1085 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1086 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1087 {
1088     wxString s;
1089
1090 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1091     if ( HasRange() )
1092     {
1093         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1094         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1095     }
1096     else
1097 #endif
1098     {
1099         s = Text()->GetValue();
1100     }
1101
1102     return s;
1103 }
1104
1105 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1106 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1107 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1108
1109 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1110 {
1111     m_width = width;
1112     m_precision = precision;
1113 }
1114
1115 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1116                                    wxWindowID id,
1117                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1118 {
1119     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1120
1121 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1122     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1123 #endif
1124 }
1125
1126 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1127 {
1128     // first get the value
1129     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1130     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1131     {
1132         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1133     }
1134     else
1135     {
1136         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1137
1138         const wxString value = table->GetValue(row, col);
1139         if ( !value.empty() )
1140         {
1141             if ( !value.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) )
1142             {
1143                 wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1144                 return;
1145             }
1146         }
1147     }
1148
1149     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1150 }
1151
1152 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1153 {
1154     const wxString text(Text()->GetValue()),
1155                    textOld(grid->GetCellValue(row, col));
1156
1157     double value;
1158     if ( !text.empty() )
1159     {
1160         if ( !text.ToDouble(&value) )
1161             return false;
1162     }
1163     else // new value is empty string
1164     {
1165         if ( textOld.empty() )
1166             return false;           // nothing changed
1167
1168         value = 0.;
1169     }
1170
1171     // the test for empty strings ensures that we don't skip the value setting
1172     // when "" is replaced by "0" or vice versa as "" numeric value is also 0.
1173     if ( wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) && !text.empty() && !textOld.empty() )
1174         return false;           // nothing changed
1175
1176     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1177
1178     if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1179         table->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1180     else
1181         table->SetValue(row, col, text);
1182
1183     return true;
1184 }
1185
1186 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1187 {
1188     DoReset(GetString());
1189 }
1190
1191 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1192 {
1193     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1194     char tmpbuf[2];
1195     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1196     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1197     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1198
1199 #if wxUSE_INTL
1200     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1201        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1202 #else
1203     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1204 #endif
1205
1206     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1207          || is_decimal_point )
1208     {
1209         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1210
1211         // skip Skip() below
1212         return;
1213     }
1214
1215     event.Skip();
1216 }
1217
1218 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1219 {
1220     if ( !params )
1221     {
1222         // reset to default
1223         m_width =
1224         m_precision = -1;
1225     }
1226     else
1227     {
1228         long tmp;
1229         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1230         {
1231             m_width = (int)tmp;
1232
1233             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1234             {
1235                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1236
1237                 // skip the error message below
1238                 return;
1239             }
1240         }
1241
1242         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1243     }
1244 }
1245
1246 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1247 {
1248     wxString fmt;
1249     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1250     {
1251         // default precision
1252         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1253     }
1254     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1255     {
1256         // default width
1257         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1258     }
1259     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1260     {
1261         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1262     }
1263     else
1264     {
1265         // default width/precision
1266         fmt = _T("%f");
1267     }
1268
1269     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1270 }
1271
1272 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1273 {
1274     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1275     {
1276         const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1277         if ( isascii(keycode) )
1278         {
1279             char tmpbuf[2];
1280             tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1281             tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1282             wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1283
1284 #if wxUSE_INTL
1285             const wxString decimalPoint =
1286                 wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER);
1287 #else
1288             const wxString decimalPoint(_T('.'));
1289 #endif
1290
1291             // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1292             if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ||
1293                     tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1294                         keycode == decimalPoint ||
1295                             keycode == '+' ||
1296                                 keycode == '-' )
1297             {
1298                 return true;
1299             }
1300         }
1301     }
1302
1303     return false;
1304 }
1305
1306 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1307
1308 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1309
1310 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1311 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1312 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1313
1314 // the default values for GetValue()
1315 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::ms_stringValues[2] = { _T(""), _T("1") };
1316
1317 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1318                                   wxWindowID id,
1319                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1320 {
1321     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1322                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1323                                wxNO_BORDER);
1324
1325     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1326 }
1327
1328 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1329 {
1330     bool resize = false;
1331     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1332     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1333
1334     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1335     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1336     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1337     {
1338         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1339         size = sizeBest;
1340
1341         resize = true;
1342     }
1343
1344     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1345     {
1346         // leave 1 pixel margin
1347         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1348
1349         resize = true;
1350     }
1351
1352     if ( resize )
1353     {
1354         m_control->SetSize(size);
1355     }
1356
1357     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1358
1359 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1360     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1361     // so shift it to the right
1362     size.x -= 8;
1363 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1364     // here too, but in other way
1365     size.x += 1;
1366     size.y -= 2;
1367 #endif
1368
1369     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1370     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1371     if (GetCellAttr())
1372         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1373
1374     int x = 0, y = 0;
1375     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1376     {
1377         x = r.x + 2;
1378
1379 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1380         x += 2;
1381 #endif
1382
1383         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1384     }
1385     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1386     {
1387         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1388         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1389     }
1390     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1391     {
1392         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1393         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1394     }
1395
1396     m_control->Move(x, y);
1397 }
1398
1399 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1400 {
1401     m_control->Show(show);
1402
1403     if ( show )
1404     {
1405         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1406         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1407     }
1408 }
1409
1410 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1411 {
1412     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1413                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1414
1415     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1416     {
1417         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1418     }
1419     else
1420     {
1421         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1422
1423         if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[false] )
1424             m_startValue = false;
1425         else if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[true] )
1426             m_startValue = true;
1427         else
1428         {
1429             // do not try to be smart here and convert it to true or false
1430             // because we'll still overwrite it with something different and
1431             // this risks to be very surprising for the user code, let them
1432             // know about it
1433             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid value for a cell with bool editor!") );
1434         }
1435     }
1436
1437     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1438     CBox()->SetFocus();
1439 }
1440
1441 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1442                                    wxGrid* grid)
1443 {
1444     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1445                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1446
1447     bool changed = false;
1448     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1449     if ( value != m_startValue )
1450         changed = true;
1451
1452     if ( changed )
1453     {
1454         wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1455         if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
1456             table->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1457         else
1458             table->SetValue(row, col, GetValue());
1459     }
1460
1461     return changed;
1462 }
1463
1464 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1465 {
1466     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1467                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1468
1469     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1470 }
1471
1472 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1473 {
1474     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1475 }
1476
1477 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1478 {
1479     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1480     {
1481         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1482         switch ( keycode )
1483         {
1484             case WXK_SPACE:
1485             case '+':
1486             case '-':
1487                 return true;
1488         }
1489     }
1490
1491     return false;
1492 }
1493
1494 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1495 {
1496     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1497     switch ( keycode )
1498     {
1499         case WXK_SPACE:
1500             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1501             break;
1502
1503         case '+':
1504             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1505             break;
1506
1507         case '-':
1508             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1509             break;
1510     }
1511 }
1512
1513 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1514 {
1515   return ms_stringValues[CBox()->GetValue()];
1516 }
1517
1518 /* static */ void
1519 wxGridCellBoolEditor::UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue,
1520                                       const wxString& valueFalse)
1521 {
1522     ms_stringValues[false] = valueFalse;
1523     ms_stringValues[true] = valueTrue;
1524 }
1525
1526 /* static */ bool
1527 wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(const wxString& value)
1528 {
1529     return value == ms_stringValues[true];
1530 }
1531
1532 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1533
1534 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1535
1536 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1537 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1538 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1539
1540 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1541                                                bool allowOthers)
1542     : m_choices(choices),
1543       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1544
1545 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1546                                                const wxString choices[],
1547                                                bool allowOthers)
1548                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1549 {
1550     if ( count )
1551     {
1552         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1553         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1554         {
1555             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1556         }
1557     }
1558 }
1559
1560 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1561 {
1562     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1563     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1564     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1565
1566     return editor;
1567 }
1568
1569 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1570                                     wxWindowID id,
1571                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1572 {
1573     int style = wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER |
1574                 wxTE_PROCESS_TAB |
1575                 wxBORDER_NONE;
1576
1577     if ( !m_allowOthers )
1578         style |= wxCB_READONLY;
1579     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1580                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1581                                m_choices,
1582                                style);
1583
1584     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1585 }
1586
1587 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1588                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1589 {
1590     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1591     // flicker
1592
1593     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1594     // combo always defaults to the standard.  Until someone has time to
1595     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way.
1596     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1597 }
1598
1599 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1600 {
1601     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1602                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1603
1604     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1605     if (m_control)
1606         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1607
1608     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1609     if (evtHandler)
1610         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1611
1612     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1613
1614     Reset(); // this updates combo box to correspond to m_startValue
1615
1616     Combo()->SetFocus();
1617
1618     if (evtHandler)
1619     {
1620         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1621         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1622 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1623         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1624 #endif
1625     }
1626 }
1627
1628 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1629                                      wxGrid* grid)
1630 {
1631     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1632     if ( value == m_startValue )
1633         return false;
1634
1635     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1636
1637     return true;
1638 }
1639
1640 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1641 {
1642     if (m_allowOthers)
1643     {
1644         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1645         Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1646     }
1647     else // the combobox is read-only
1648     {
1649         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1650         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1651         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1652             pos = 0;
1653         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1654     }
1655 }
1656
1657 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1658 {
1659     if ( !params )
1660     {
1661         // what can we do?
1662         return;
1663     }
1664
1665     m_choices.Empty();
1666
1667     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1668     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1669     {
1670         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1671     }
1672 }
1673
1674 // return the value in the text control
1675 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1676 {
1677   return Combo()->GetValue();
1678 }
1679
1680 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1681
1682 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1683 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1684 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1685
1686 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1687 {
1688     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1689     if (m_inSetFocus)
1690         return;
1691
1692     // accept changes
1693     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1694
1695     event.Skip();
1696 }
1697
1698 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1699 {
1700     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1701     {
1702         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1703             m_editor->Reset();
1704             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1705             break;
1706
1707         case WXK_TAB:
1708             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1709             break;
1710
1711         case WXK_RETURN:
1712         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1713             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1714                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1715             break;
1716
1717         default:
1718             event.Skip();
1719             break;
1720     }
1721 }
1722
1723 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1724 {
1725     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1726     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1727     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1728     int cw, ch;
1729     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1730
1731     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1732     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1733
1734     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1735     {
1736         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1737         case WXK_TAB:
1738         case WXK_RETURN:
1739         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1740             break;
1741
1742         case WXK_HOME:
1743         {
1744             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1745             {
1746                 // no special processing needed...
1747                 event.Skip();
1748                 break;
1749             }
1750
1751             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1752
1753             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1754             int colXPos = 0;
1755             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1756             {
1757                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1758             }
1759
1760             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1761             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1762             if (col != 0)
1763             {
1764                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1765             }
1766             else
1767             {
1768                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1769             }
1770             event.Skip();
1771             break;
1772         }
1773
1774         case WXK_END:
1775         {
1776             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1777             {
1778                 // no special processing needed...
1779                 event.Skip();
1780                 break;
1781             }
1782
1783             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1784
1785             int textWidth = 0;
1786             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1787             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1788             {
1789                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1790                 int y;
1791                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1792                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1793
1794                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1795                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1796
1797                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1798                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1799                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1800                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
1801                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1802                 {
1803                     textWidth = 0;
1804                 }
1805             }
1806
1807             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1808             int colXPos = 0;
1809             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1810             {
1811                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1812             }
1813
1814             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1815             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1816             colXPos += textWidth;
1817
1818             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1819             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1820             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1821             event.Skip();
1822             break;
1823         }
1824
1825         default:
1826             event.Skip();
1827             break;
1828     }
1829 }
1830
1831 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1832 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1833 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1834 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1835
1836 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1837 {
1838     // nothing to do
1839 }
1840
1841 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1842 {
1843 }
1844
1845 // ============================================================================
1846 // renderer classes
1847 // ============================================================================
1848
1849 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1850 // wxGridCellRenderer
1851 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1852
1853 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1854                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1855                               wxDC& dc,
1856                               const wxRect& rect,
1857                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1858                               bool isSelected)
1859 {
1860     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID );
1861
1862     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1863     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1864     {
1865         if ( isSelected )
1866         {
1867             wxColour clr;
1868             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1869                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1870             else
1871                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1872             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(clr, wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
1873         }
1874         else
1875         {
1876             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
1877         }
1878     }
1879     else
1880     {
1881         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
1882     }
1883
1884     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1885     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1886 }
1887
1888 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1889 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1890 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1891
1892 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1893                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1894                                                      wxDC& dc,
1895                                                      bool isSelected)
1896 {
1897     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
1898
1899     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1900
1901     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1902     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1903     {
1904         if ( isSelected )
1905         {
1906             wxColour clr;
1907             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1908                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1909             else
1910                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1911             dc.SetTextBackground( clr );
1912             dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1913         }
1914         else
1915         {
1916             dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1917             dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1918         }
1919     }
1920     else
1921     {
1922         dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1923         dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1924     }
1925
1926     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1927 }
1928
1929 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1930                                                wxDC& dc,
1931                                                const wxString& text)
1932 {
1933     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1934     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1935     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1936     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1937     {
1938         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1939         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1940     }
1941
1942     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1943
1944     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1945 }
1946
1947 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1948                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1949                                              wxDC& dc,
1950                                              int row, int col)
1951 {
1952     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1953 }
1954
1955 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1956                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1957                                     wxDC& dc,
1958                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1959                                     int row, int col,
1960                                     bool isSelected)
1961 {
1962     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1963     rect.Inflate(-1);
1964
1965     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1966     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1967
1968     int hAlign, vAlign;
1969     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1970
1971     int overflowCols = 0;
1972
1973     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1974     {
1975         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1976         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1977         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1978         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
1979         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1980         {
1981             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1982             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1983             {
1984                 bool is_empty = true;
1985                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
1986                 {
1987                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1988                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1989                     if (c_rows > 0)
1990                         c_rows = 0;
1991                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
1992                     {
1993                         is_empty = false;
1994                         break;
1995                     }
1996                 }
1997
1998                 if (is_empty)
1999                 {
2000                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
2001                 }
2002                 else
2003                 {
2004                     i--;
2005                     break;
2006                 }
2007
2008                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
2009                     break;
2010             }
2011
2012             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
2013             if (overflowCols >= cols)
2014                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
2015         }
2016
2017         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
2018         {
2019             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
2020             wxRect clip = rect;
2021             clip.x += rectCell.width;
2022             // draw each overflow cell individually
2023             int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols;
2024             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
2025                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
2026             for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
2027             {
2028                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
2029                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
2030                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
2031
2032                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
2033                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
2034
2035                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
2036                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2037                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
2038             }
2039
2040             rect = rectCell;
2041             rect.Inflate(-1);
2042             rect.width++;
2043             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
2044         }
2045     }
2046
2047     // now we only have to draw the text
2048     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2049
2050     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
2051                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2052 }
2053
2054 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2055 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
2056 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2057
2058 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2059 {
2060     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2061     wxString text;
2062     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
2063     {
2064         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
2065     }
2066     else
2067     {
2068         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2069     }
2070
2071     return text;
2072 }
2073
2074 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2075                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2076                                     wxDC& dc,
2077                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
2078                                     int row, int col,
2079                                     bool isSelected)
2080 {
2081     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2082
2083     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2084
2085     // draw the text right aligned by default
2086     int hAlign, vAlign;
2087     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2088     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2089
2090     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2091     rect.Inflate(-1);
2092
2093     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2094 }
2095
2096 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2097                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2098                                              wxDC& dc,
2099                                              int row, int col)
2100 {
2101     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2102 }
2103
2104 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2105 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
2106 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2107
2108 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
2109 {
2110     SetWidth(width);
2111     SetPrecision(precision);
2112 }
2113
2114 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
2115 {
2116     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
2117     renderer->m_width = m_width;
2118     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
2119     renderer->m_format = m_format;
2120
2121     return renderer;
2122 }
2123
2124 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2125 {
2126     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2127
2128     bool hasDouble;
2129     double val;
2130     wxString text;
2131     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
2132     {
2133         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
2134         hasDouble = true;
2135     }
2136     else
2137     {
2138         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2139         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
2140     }
2141
2142     if ( hasDouble )
2143     {
2144         if ( !m_format )
2145         {
2146             if ( m_width == -1 )
2147             {
2148                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2149                 {
2150                     // default width/precision
2151                     m_format = _T("%f");
2152                 }
2153                 else
2154                 {
2155                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2156                 }
2157             }
2158             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2159             {
2160                 // default precision
2161                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2162             }
2163             else
2164             {
2165                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2166             }
2167         }
2168
2169         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2170
2171     }
2172     //else: text already contains the string
2173
2174     return text;
2175 }
2176
2177 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2178                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2179                                    wxDC& dc,
2180                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2181                                    int row, int col,
2182                                    bool isSelected)
2183 {
2184     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2185
2186     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2187
2188     // draw the text right aligned by default
2189     int hAlign, vAlign;
2190     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2191     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2192
2193     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2194     rect.Inflate(-1);
2195
2196     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2197 }
2198
2199 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2200                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2201                                             wxDC& dc,
2202                                             int row, int col)
2203 {
2204     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2205 }
2206
2207 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2208 {
2209     if ( !params )
2210     {
2211         // reset to defaults
2212         SetWidth(-1);
2213         SetPrecision(-1);
2214     }
2215     else
2216     {
2217         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2218         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2219         {
2220             long width;
2221             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2222             {
2223                 SetWidth((int)width);
2224             }
2225             else
2226             {
2227                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2228             }
2229         }
2230
2231         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2232         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2233         {
2234             long precision;
2235             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2236             {
2237                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2238             }
2239             else
2240             {
2241                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2242             }
2243         }
2244     }
2245 }
2246
2247 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2248 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2249 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2250
2251 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2252
2253 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2254
2255 // between checkmark and box
2256 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2257
2258 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2259                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2260                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2261                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2262                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2263 {
2264     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2265     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2266     {
2267         // get checkbox size
2268         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2269         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2270         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2271
2272 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2273         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2274 #endif
2275
2276         delete checkbox;
2277
2278         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2279     }
2280
2281     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2282 }
2283
2284 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2285                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2286                                   wxDC& dc,
2287                                   const wxRect& rect,
2288                                   int row, int col,
2289                                   bool isSelected)
2290 {
2291     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2292
2293     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2294     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2295
2296     // don't draw outside the cell
2297     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2298     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2299     {
2300         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2301         size.x = size.y = minSize;
2302     }
2303
2304     // draw a border around checkmark
2305     int vAlign, hAlign;
2306     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2307
2308     wxRect rectBorder;
2309     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2310     {
2311         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2312         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2313         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2314         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2315     }
2316     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2317     {
2318         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2319         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2320         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2321         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2322     }
2323     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2324     {
2325         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2326         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2327         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2328         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2329     }
2330
2331     bool value;
2332     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2333     {
2334         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2335     }
2336     else
2337     {
2338         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2339         value = wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(cellval);
2340     }
2341
2342     int flags = 0;
2343     if (value)
2344         flags |= wxCONTROL_CHECKED;
2345
2346     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawCheckBox( &grid, dc, rectBorder, flags );
2347 }
2348
2349 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2350 // wxGridCellAttr
2351 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2352
2353 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2354 {
2355     m_nRef = 1;
2356
2357     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2358
2359     m_renderer = NULL;
2360     m_editor = NULL;
2361
2362     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2363
2364     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2365     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2366
2367     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2368 }
2369
2370 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2371 {
2372     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2373
2374     if ( HasTextColour() )
2375         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2376     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2377         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2378     if ( HasFont() )
2379         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2380     if ( HasAlignment() )
2381         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2382
2383     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2384
2385     if ( m_renderer )
2386     {
2387         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2388         m_renderer->IncRef();
2389     }
2390     if ( m_editor )
2391     {
2392         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2393         m_editor->IncRef();
2394     }
2395
2396     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2397         attr->SetReadOnly();
2398
2399     attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow );
2400     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2401
2402     return attr;
2403 }
2404
2405 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2406 {
2407     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2408         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2409     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2410         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2411     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2412         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2413     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2414     {
2415         int hAlign, vAlign;
2416         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2417         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2418     }
2419     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2420         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2421
2422     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2423     // m_renderer/m_editor
2424     //
2425     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2426     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2427     {
2428         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2429         m_renderer->IncRef();
2430     }
2431     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2432     {
2433         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2434         m_editor->IncRef();
2435     }
2436     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2437         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2438
2439     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2440         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2441
2442     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2443 }
2444
2445 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2446 {
2447     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2448
2449     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2450     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2451     // set to negative or zero values such that
2452     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2453     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2454
2455     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2456
2457     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2458                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2459                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2460                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2461
2462     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2463     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2464 }
2465
2466 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2467 {
2468     if (HasTextColour())
2469     {
2470         return m_colText;
2471     }
2472     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2473     {
2474         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2475     }
2476     else
2477     {
2478         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2479         return wxNullColour;
2480     }
2481 }
2482
2483 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2484 {
2485     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2486     {
2487         return m_colBack;
2488     }
2489     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2490     {
2491         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2492     }
2493     else
2494     {
2495         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2496         return wxNullColour;
2497     }
2498 }
2499
2500 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2501 {
2502     if (HasFont())
2503     {
2504         return m_font;
2505     }
2506     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2507     {
2508         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2509     }
2510     else
2511     {
2512         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2513         return wxNullFont;
2514     }
2515 }
2516
2517 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2518 {
2519     if (HasAlignment())
2520     {
2521         if ( hAlign )
2522             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2523         if ( vAlign )
2524             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2525     }
2526     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2527     {
2528         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2529     }
2530     else
2531     {
2532         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2533     }
2534 }
2535
2536 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2537 {
2538     if ( num_rows )
2539         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2540     if ( num_cols )
2541         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2542 }
2543
2544 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2545 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2546 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2547 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2548 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2549 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2550
2551 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2552 {
2553     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
2554
2555     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2556     {
2557         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2558         renderer = m_renderer;
2559         renderer->IncRef();
2560     }
2561     else // no non-default cell renderer
2562     {
2563         // get default renderer for the data type
2564         if ( grid )
2565         {
2566             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2567             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2568         }
2569
2570         if ( renderer == NULL )
2571         {
2572             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2573             {
2574                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2575                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2576                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2577             }
2578             else // default grid attr
2579             {
2580                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2581                 renderer = m_renderer;
2582                 if ( renderer )
2583                     renderer->IncRef();
2584             }
2585         }
2586     }
2587
2588     // we're supposed to always find something
2589     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2590
2591     return renderer;
2592 }
2593
2594 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2595 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2596 {
2597     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
2598
2599     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2600     {
2601         // use the cells editor if it has one
2602         editor = m_editor;
2603         editor->IncRef();
2604     }
2605     else // no non default cell editor
2606     {
2607         // get default editor for the data type
2608         if ( grid )
2609         {
2610             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2611             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2612         }
2613
2614         if ( editor == NULL )
2615         {
2616             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2617             {
2618                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2619                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2620                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2621             }
2622             else // default grid attr
2623             {
2624                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2625                 editor = m_editor;
2626                 if ( editor )
2627                     editor->IncRef();
2628             }
2629         }
2630     }
2631
2632     // we're supposed to always find something
2633     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2634
2635     return editor;
2636 }
2637
2638 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2639 // wxGridCellAttrData
2640 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2641
2642 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2643 {
2644     // Note: contrary to wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr, we must not
2645     //       touch attribute's reference counting explicitly, since this
2646     //       is managed by class wxGridCellWithAttr
2647     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2648     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2649     {
2650         if ( attr )
2651         {
2652             // add the attribute
2653             m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2654         }
2655         //else: nothing to do
2656     }
2657     else // we already have an attribute for this cell
2658     {
2659         if ( attr )
2660         {
2661             // change the attribute
2662             m_attrs[(size_t)n].ChangeAttr(attr);
2663         }
2664         else
2665         {
2666             // remove this attribute
2667             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2668         }
2669     }
2670 }
2671
2672 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2673 {
2674     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2675
2676     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2677     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2678     {
2679         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2680         attr->IncRef();
2681     }
2682
2683     return attr;
2684 }
2685
2686 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2687 {
2688     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2689     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2690     {
2691         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2692         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2693         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2694         {
2695             if (numRows > 0)
2696             {
2697                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2698                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2699             }
2700             else if (numRows < 0)
2701             {
2702                 // If rows deleted ...
2703                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2704                 {
2705                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2706                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2707                 }
2708                 else
2709                 {
2710                     // ...or remove the attribute
2711                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2712                     n--;
2713                     count--;
2714                 }
2715             }
2716         }
2717     }
2718 }
2719
2720 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2721 {
2722     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2723     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2724     {
2725         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2726         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2727         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2728         {
2729             if ( numCols > 0 )
2730             {
2731                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2732                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2733             }
2734             else if (numCols < 0)
2735             {
2736                 // If rows deleted ...
2737                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2738                 {
2739                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2740                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2741                 }
2742                 else
2743                 {
2744                     // ...or remove the attribute
2745                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2746                     n--;
2747                     count--;
2748                 }
2749             }
2750         }
2751     }
2752 }
2753
2754 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2755 {
2756     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2757     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2758     {
2759         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2760         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2761         {
2762             return n;
2763         }
2764     }
2765
2766     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2767 }
2768
2769 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2770 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2771 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2772
2773 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2774 {
2775     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2776     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2777     {
2778         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2779     }
2780 }
2781
2782 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2783 {
2784     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2785
2786     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2787     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2788     {
2789         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2790         attr->IncRef();
2791     }
2792
2793     return attr;
2794 }
2795
2796 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2797 {
2798     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2799     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2800     {
2801         if ( attr )
2802         {
2803             // add the attribute - no need to do anything to reference count
2804             //                     since we take ownership of the attribute.
2805             m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2806             m_attrs.Add(attr);
2807         }
2808         // nothing to remove
2809     }
2810     else
2811     {
2812         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2813         if ( m_attrs[n] == attr )
2814             // nothing to do
2815             return;
2816         if ( attr )
2817         {
2818             // change the attribute, handling reference count manually,
2819             //                       taking ownership of the new attribute.
2820             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2821             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2822         }
2823         else
2824         {
2825             // remove this attribute, handling reference count manually
2826             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2827             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2828             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2829         }
2830     }
2831 }
2832
2833 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2834 {
2835     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2836     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2837     {
2838         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2839         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2840         {
2841             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2842             {
2843                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2844                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2845             }
2846             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2847             {
2848                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2849                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2850                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2851                 else
2852                 {
2853                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2854                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2855                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2856                     n--;
2857                     count--;
2858                 }
2859             }
2860         }
2861     }
2862 }
2863
2864 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2865 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2866 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2867
2868 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2869 {
2870     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2871 }
2872
2873 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2874 {
2875     delete m_data;
2876 }
2877
2878 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2879 {
2880     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2881 }
2882
2883 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2884                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2885 {
2886     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2887     if ( m_data )
2888     {
2889         switch (kind)
2890         {
2891             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2892                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2893                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2894                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2895                 if (!attr)
2896                 {
2897                     // Basically implement old version.
2898                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2899                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2900                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2901                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2902
2903                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2904                     {
2905                         // Two or more are non NULL
2906                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2907                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2908
2909                         // Order is important..
2910                         if (attrcell)
2911                         {
2912                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2913                             attrcell->DecRef();
2914                         }
2915                         if (attrcol)
2916                         {
2917                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2918                             attrcol->DecRef();
2919                         }
2920                         if (attrrow)
2921                         {
2922                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2923                             attrrow->DecRef();
2924                         }
2925
2926                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2927                         //attr->IncRef();
2928                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2929                     }
2930                     else
2931                     {
2932                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2933                         if (attrrow)
2934                             attr = attrrow;
2935                         if (attrcol)
2936                         {
2937                             if (attr)
2938                                 attr->DecRef();
2939                             attr = attrcol;
2940                         }
2941                         if (attrcell)
2942                         {
2943                             if (attr)
2944                                 attr->DecRef();
2945                             attr = attrcell;
2946                         }
2947                     }
2948                 }
2949                 break;
2950
2951             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2952                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2953                 break;
2954
2955             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2956                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2957                 break;
2958
2959             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2960                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2961                 break;
2962
2963             default:
2964                 // unused as yet...
2965                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2966                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2967                 break;
2968         }
2969     }
2970
2971     return attr;
2972 }
2973
2974 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2975                                      int row, int col)
2976 {
2977     if ( !m_data )
2978         InitData();
2979
2980     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2981 }
2982
2983 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2984 {
2985     if ( !m_data )
2986         InitData();
2987
2988     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2989 }
2990
2991 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2992 {
2993     if ( !m_data )
2994         InitData();
2995
2996     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2997 }
2998
2999 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
3000 {
3001     if ( m_data )
3002     {
3003         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
3004
3005         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
3006     }
3007 }
3008
3009 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
3010 {
3011     if ( m_data )
3012     {
3013         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
3014
3015         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
3016     }
3017 }
3018
3019 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3020 // wxGridTypeRegistry
3021 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3022
3023 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
3024 {
3025     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
3026     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
3027         delete m_typeinfo[i];
3028 }
3029
3030 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
3031                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
3032                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
3033 {
3034     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
3035
3036     // is it already registered?
3037     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3038     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
3039     {
3040         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
3041         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
3042     }
3043     else
3044     {
3045         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
3046     }
3047 }
3048
3049 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3050 {
3051     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
3052     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
3053     {
3054         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
3055         {
3056             return i;
3057         }
3058     }
3059
3060     return wxNOT_FOUND;
3061 }
3062
3063 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3064 {
3065     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3066     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3067     {
3068         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
3069         // register it "on the fly"
3070 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3071         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
3072         {
3073             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
3074                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3075                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
3076         }
3077         else
3078 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3079 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3080         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
3081         {
3082             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
3083                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
3084                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
3085         }
3086         else
3087 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3088 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3089         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
3090         {
3091             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
3092                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
3093                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
3094         }
3095         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
3096         {
3097             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
3098                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
3099                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
3100         }
3101         else
3102 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3103 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3104         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
3105         {
3106             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
3107                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3108                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
3109         }
3110         else
3111 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3112         {
3113             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3114         }
3115
3116         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
3117         // the last index
3118         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3119     }
3120
3121     return index;
3122 }
3123
3124 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3125 {
3126     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
3127     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3128     {
3129         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
3130         // are the parameters for the renderer
3131         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
3132         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3133         {
3134             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3135         }
3136
3137         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3138         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3139         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3140         rendererOld->DecRef();
3141
3142         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3143         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3144         editor = editor->Clone();
3145         editorOld->DecRef();
3146
3147         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3148         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3149         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3150         editor->SetParameters(params);
3151
3152         // register the new typename
3153         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3154
3155         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3156         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3157     }
3158
3159     return index;
3160 }
3161
3162 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3163 {
3164     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3165     if (renderer)
3166         renderer->IncRef();
3167
3168     return renderer;
3169 }
3170
3171 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3172 {
3173     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3174     if (editor)
3175         editor->IncRef();
3176
3177     return editor;
3178 }
3179
3180 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3181 // wxGridTableBase
3182 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3183
3184 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3185
3186 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3187 {
3188     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3189     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3190 }
3191
3192 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3193 {
3194     delete m_attrProvider;
3195 }
3196
3197 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3198 {
3199     delete m_attrProvider;
3200     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3201 }
3202
3203 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3204 {
3205     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3206     {
3207         // use the default attr provider by default
3208         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3209     }
3210
3211     return true;
3212 }
3213
3214 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3215 {
3216     if ( m_attrProvider )
3217         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3218     else
3219         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3220 }
3221
3222 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3223 {
3224     if ( m_attrProvider )
3225     {
3226         if ( attr )
3227             attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3228         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3229     }
3230     else
3231     {
3232         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3233         // free it now
3234         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3235     }
3236 }
3237
3238 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3239 {
3240     if ( m_attrProvider )
3241     {
3242         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3243         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3244     }
3245     else
3246     {
3247         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3248         // free it now
3249         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3250     }
3251 }
3252
3253 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3254 {
3255     if ( m_attrProvider )
3256     {
3257         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3258         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3259     }
3260     else
3261     {
3262         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3263         // free it now
3264         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3265     }
3266 }
3267
3268 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3269                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3270 {
3271     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3272
3273     return false;
3274 }
3275
3276 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3277 {
3278     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3279
3280     return false;
3281 }
3282
3283 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3284                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3285 {
3286     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3287
3288     return false;
3289 }
3290
3291 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3292                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3293 {
3294     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3295
3296     return false;
3297 }
3298
3299 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3300 {
3301     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3302
3303     return false;
3304 }
3305
3306 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3307                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3308 {
3309     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3310
3311     return false;
3312 }
3313
3314 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3315 {
3316     wxString s;
3317
3318     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3319     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3320     s << row + 1;
3321
3322     return s;
3323 }
3324
3325 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3326 {
3327     // default col labels are:
3328     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3329     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3330     //   etc.
3331
3332     wxString s;
3333     unsigned int i, n;
3334     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3335     {
3336         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3337         col = col / 26 - 1;
3338         if ( col < 0 )
3339             break;
3340     }
3341
3342     // reverse the string...
3343     wxString s2;
3344     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3345     {
3346         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3347     }
3348
3349     return s2;
3350 }
3351
3352 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3353 {
3354     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3355 }
3356
3357 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3358                                      const wxString& typeName )
3359 {
3360     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3361 }
3362
3363 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3364 {
3365     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3366 }
3367
3368 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3369 {
3370     return 0;
3371 }
3372
3373 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3374 {
3375     return 0.0;
3376 }
3377
3378 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3379 {
3380     return false;
3381 }
3382
3383 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3384                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3385 {
3386 }
3387
3388 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3389                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3390 {
3391 }
3392
3393 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3394                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3395 {
3396 }
3397
3398 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3399                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3400 {
3401     return NULL;
3402 }
3403
3404 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3405                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3406                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3407 {
3408 }
3409
3410 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3411 //
3412 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3413 // to the grid view
3414 //
3415
3416 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3417 {
3418     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3419     m_id = -1;
3420     m_comInt1 = -1;
3421     m_comInt2 = -1;
3422 }
3423
3424 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3425                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3426 {
3427     m_table = table;
3428     m_id = id;
3429     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3430     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3431 }
3432
3433 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3434 //
3435 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3436 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3437 //
3438
3439 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3440
3441 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3442
3443 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3444         : wxGridTableBase()
3445 {
3446 }
3447
3448 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3449         : wxGridTableBase()
3450 {
3451     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3452
3453     wxArrayString sa;
3454     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3455     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3456
3457     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3458 }
3459
3460 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3461 {
3462 }
3463
3464 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3465 {
3466     return m_data.GetCount();
3467 }
3468
3469 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3470 {
3471     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3472         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3473     else
3474         return 0;
3475 }
3476
3477 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3478 {
3479     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3480                  wxEmptyString,
3481                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3482
3483     return m_data[row][col];
3484 }
3485
3486 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3487 {
3488     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3489                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3490
3491     m_data[row][col] = value;
3492 }
3493
3494 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3495 {
3496     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3497                  true,
3498                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3499
3500     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3501 }
3502
3503 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3504 {
3505     int row, col;
3506     int numRows, numCols;
3507
3508     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3509     if ( numRows > 0 )
3510     {
3511         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3512
3513         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
3514         {
3515             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
3516             {
3517                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3518             }
3519         }
3520     }
3521 }
3522
3523 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3524 {
3525     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3526     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3527                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3528
3529     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3530     {
3531         return AppendRows( numRows );
3532     }
3533
3534     wxArrayString sa;
3535     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3536     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3537     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3538
3539     if ( GetView() )
3540     {
3541         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3542                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3543                                 pos,
3544                                 numRows );
3545
3546         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3547     }
3548
3549     return true;
3550 }
3551
3552 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3553 {
3554     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3555     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3556                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3557                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3558
3559     wxArrayString sa;
3560     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3561     {
3562         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3563         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3564     }
3565
3566     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3567
3568     if ( GetView() )
3569     {
3570         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3571                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3572                                 numRows );
3573
3574         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3575     }
3576
3577     return true;
3578 }
3579
3580 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3581 {
3582     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3583
3584     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3585     {
3586         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3587                     (
3588                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3589                         (unsigned long)pos,
3590                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3591                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3592                     ) );
3593
3594         return false;
3595     }
3596
3597     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3598     {
3599         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3600     }
3601
3602     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3603     {
3604         m_data.Clear();
3605     }
3606     else
3607     {
3608         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3609     }
3610
3611     if ( GetView() )
3612     {
3613         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3614                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3615                                 pos,
3616                                 numRows );
3617
3618         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3619     }
3620
3621     return true;
3622 }
3623
3624 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3625 {
3626     size_t row, col;
3627
3628     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3629     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3630                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3631                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3632
3633     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3634     {
3635         return AppendCols( numCols );
3636     }
3637
3638     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3639     {
3640         m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
3641
3642         size_t i;
3643         for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
3644             m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
3645     }
3646
3647     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3648     {
3649         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
3650         {
3651             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3652         }
3653     }
3654
3655     if ( GetView() )
3656     {
3657         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3658                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3659                                 pos,
3660                                 numCols );
3661
3662         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3663     }
3664
3665     return true;
3666 }
3667
3668 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3669 {
3670     size_t row;
3671
3672     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3673
3674 #if 0
3675     if ( !curNumRows )
3676     {
3677         // TODO: something better than this ?
3678         //
3679         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3680         return false;
3681     }
3682 #endif
3683
3684     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3685     {
3686         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3687     }
3688
3689     if ( GetView() )
3690     {
3691         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3692                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3693                                 numCols );
3694
3695         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3696     }
3697
3698     return true;
3699 }
3700
3701 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3702 {
3703     size_t row;
3704
3705     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3706     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3707                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3708
3709     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3710     {
3711         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3712                     (
3713                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3714                         (unsigned long)pos,
3715                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3716                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3717                     ) );
3718         return false;
3719     }
3720
3721     int colID;
3722     if ( GetView() )
3723         colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
3724     else
3725         colID = pos;
3726
3727     if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
3728     {
3729         numCols = curNumCols - colID;
3730     }
3731
3732     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3733     {
3734         // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only
3735         // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one
3736         // element and not numCols, so account for it
3737         int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID;
3738         if ( nToRm > 0 )
3739             m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm );
3740     }
3741
3742     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3743     {
3744         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3745         {
3746             m_data[row].Clear();
3747         }
3748         else
3749         {
3750             m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
3751         }
3752     }
3753
3754     if ( GetView() )
3755     {
3756         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3757                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3758                                 pos,
3759                                 numCols );
3760
3761         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3762     }
3763
3764     return true;
3765 }
3766
3767 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3768 {
3769     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3770     {
3771         // using default label
3772         //
3773         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3774     }
3775     else
3776     {
3777         return m_rowLabels[row];
3778     }
3779 }
3780
3781 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3782 {
3783     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3784     {
3785         // using default label
3786         //
3787         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3788     }
3789     else
3790     {
3791         return m_colLabels[col];
3792     }
3793 }
3794
3795 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3796 {
3797     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3798     {
3799         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3800         int i;
3801
3802         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
3803         {
3804             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3805         }
3806     }
3807
3808     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3809 }
3810
3811 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3812 {
3813     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3814     {
3815         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3816         int i;
3817
3818         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
3819         {
3820             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3821         }
3822     }
3823
3824     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3825 }
3826
3827
3828 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3829 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3830
3831 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow)
3832     EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost)
3833 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3834
3835 void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
3836 {
3837     m_owner->CancelMouseCapture();
3838 }
3839
3840 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3841
3842 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3843     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3844     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3845     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3846 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3847
3848 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3849                                             wxWindowID id,
3850                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3851   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3852 {
3853     m_owner = parent;
3854 }
3855
3856 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3857 {
3858     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3859
3860     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3861     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3862     // set the y coord  - MB
3863     //
3864     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3865
3866     int x, y;
3867     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3868     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3869     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y );
3870
3871     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3872     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
3873 }
3874
3875 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3876 {
3877     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3878 }
3879
3880 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3881 {
3882     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3883 }
3884
3885 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3886
3887 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3888
3889 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3890     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3891     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3892     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3893 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3894
3895 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3896                                             wxWindowID id,
3897                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3898   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3899 {
3900     m_owner = parent;
3901 }
3902
3903 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3904 {
3905     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3906
3907     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3908     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3909     // set the x coord  - MB
3910     //
3911     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3912
3913     int x, y;
3914     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3915     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3916     if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
3917         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y );
3918     else
3919         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y );
3920
3921     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3922     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
3923 }
3924
3925 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3926 {
3927     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3928 }
3929
3930 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3931 {
3932     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3933 }
3934
3935 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3936
3937 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3938
3939 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3940     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3941     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3942     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3943 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3944
3945 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3946                                                   wxWindowID id,
3947                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3948   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3949 {
3950     m_owner = parent;
3951 }
3952
3953 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3954 {
3955     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3956
3957     int client_height = 0;
3958     int client_width = 0;
3959     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3960
3961     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3962 #if 0
3963 def __WXGTK__
3964     wxRect rect;
3965     rect.SetX( 1 );
3966     rect.SetY( 1 );
3967     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3968     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3969
3970     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3971 #else // !__WXGTK__
3972     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
3973     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 );
3974     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 );
3975     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3976     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3977
3978     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3979     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 );
3980     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 );
3981 #endif
3982 }
3983
3984 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3985 {
3986     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3987 }
3988
3989 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3990 {
3991     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3992 }
3993
3994 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3995
3996 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3997
3998 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3999     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
4000     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
4001     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
4002     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
4003     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
4004     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
4005     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
4006     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
4007     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
4008 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4009
4010 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
4011                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
4012                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
4013                             wxWindowID id,
4014                             const wxPoint &pos,
4015                             const wxSize &size )
4016             : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size,
4017                               wxWANTS_CHARS | wxCLIP_CHILDREN,
4018                               wxT("grid window") )
4019 {
4020     m_owner = parent;
4021     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
4022     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
4023 }
4024
4025 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
4026 {
4027     wxPaintDC dc( this );
4028     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
4029     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
4030     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
4031     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
4032
4033 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
4034     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
4035 #endif
4036
4037     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
4038     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
4039 }
4040
4041 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
4042 {
4043     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
4044     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
4045     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
4046 }
4047
4048 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
4049 {
4050     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
4051         SetFocus();
4052
4053     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
4054 }
4055
4056 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
4057 {
4058     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
4059 }
4060
4061 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
4062 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
4063 //
4064 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4065 {
4066     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4067         event.Skip();
4068 }
4069
4070 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
4071 {
4072     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4073         event.Skip();
4074 }
4075
4076 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
4077 {
4078     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4079         event.Skip();
4080 }
4081
4082 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4083 {
4084 }
4085
4086 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
4087 {
4088     // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it
4089     // uses different colour when the grid is not focused:
4090     if ( m_owner->IsSelection() )
4091     {
4092         Refresh();
4093     }
4094     else
4095     {
4096         // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other
4097         //     branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling
4098         //     Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if
4099         //     !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh
4100         //     only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else"
4101         //     branch so that it's always executed.
4102
4103         // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change:
4104         const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(),
4105                                             m_owner->GetGridCursorCol());
4106         const wxRect cursor =
4107             m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords);
4108         Refresh(true, &cursor);
4109     }
4110
4111     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4112         event.Skip();
4113 }
4114
4115 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4116
4117 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
4118 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
4119 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
4120 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
4121
4122 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
4123
4124 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
4125                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
4126                            bool clipToMinMax);
4127
4128 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
4129 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
4130                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
4131                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
4132
4133 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4134
4135 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4136 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4137
4138 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4139     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4140     // use them for streaming out
4141     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4142     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4143     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4144     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4145     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4146     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4147
4148     // old style border flags
4149     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4150     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4151     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4152     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4153     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4154     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4155
4156     // standard window styles
4157     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4158     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4159     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4160     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4161     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4162     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4163     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4164     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4165
4166 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4167
4168 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4169
4170 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4171     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4172     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4173 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4174
4175 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4176 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4177
4178 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4179
4180 /*
4181  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4182 */
4183 #else
4184 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4185 #endif
4186
4187 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4188     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4189     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4190     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4191     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4192     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4193     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4194 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4195
4196 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4197 {
4198     InitVars();
4199 }
4200
4201 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4202                  wxWindowID id,
4203                  const wxPoint& pos,
4204                  const wxSize& size,
4205                  long style,
4206                  const wxString& name )
4207 {
4208     InitVars();
4209     Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
4210 }
4211
4212 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4213                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4214                           long style, const wxString& name)
4215 {
4216     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4217                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
4218         return false;
4219
4220     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4221     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4222
4223     Create();
4224     SetInitialSize(size);
4225     SetScrollRate(m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY);
4226     CalcDimensions();
4227
4228     return true;
4229 }
4230
4231 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4232 {
4233     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4234     SetTargetWindow(this);
4235     ClearAttrCache();
4236     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4237
4238 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4239     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4240     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4241                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4242              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4243              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4244 #endif
4245
4246     // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it
4247     // with dangling view pointer
4248     if ( m_ownTable )
4249         delete m_table;
4250     else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this )
4251         m_table->SetView(NULL);
4252
4253     delete m_typeRegistry;
4254     delete m_selection;
4255 }
4256
4257 //
4258 // ----- internal init and update functions
4259 //
4260
4261 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4262 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4263 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4264
4265 void wxGrid::Create()
4266 {
4267     // create the type registry
4268     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4269
4270     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4271
4272     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4273
4274     // Set default cell attributes
4275     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4276     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4277     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4278     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4279     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4280     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4281
4282 #if _USE_VISATTR
4283     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4284     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4285
4286     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4287     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4288
4289 #else
4290     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4291         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4292     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4293         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4294 #endif
4295
4296     m_numRows = 0;
4297     m_numCols = 0;
4298     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4299
4300     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4301     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4302
4303     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4304     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4305                                               wxID_ANY,
4306                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4307                                               wxDefaultSize );
4308
4309     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4310                                               wxID_ANY,
4311                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4312                                               wxDefaultSize );
4313
4314     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4315                                                     wxID_ANY,
4316                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4317                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4318
4319     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4320                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4321                                   m_colLabelWin,
4322                                   wxID_ANY,
4323                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4324                                   wxDefaultSize );
4325
4326     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4327
4328 #if _USE_VISATTR
4329     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4330     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4331     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4332     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4333 #else
4334     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4335     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4336     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4337     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4338 #endif
4339
4340     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4341     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4342     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4343     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4344     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4345     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4346
4347     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4348     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4349
4350     Init();
4351 }
4352
4353 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4354                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4355 {
4356     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4357                  false,
4358                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4359
4360     m_numRows = numRows;
4361     m_numCols = numCols;
4362
4363     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4364     m_table->SetView( this );
4365     m_ownTable = true;
4366     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4367
4368     CalcDimensions();
4369
4370     m_created = true;
4371
4372     return m_created;
4373 }
4374
4375 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4376 {
4377     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4378                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4379
4380     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4381 }
4382
4383 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4384 {
4385     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4386                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4387
4388     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4389 }
4390
4391 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4392                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4393 {
4394     bool checkSelection = false;
4395     if ( m_created )
4396     {
4397         // stop all processing
4398         m_created = false;
4399
4400         if (m_table)
4401         {
4402             m_table->SetView(0);
4403             if( m_ownTable )
4404                 delete m_table;
4405             m_table = NULL;
4406         }
4407
4408         delete m_selection;
4409         m_selection = NULL;
4410
4411         m_ownTable = false;
4412         m_numRows = 0;
4413         m_numCols = 0;
4414         checkSelection = true;
4415
4416         // kill row and column size arrays
4417         m_colWidths.Empty();
4418         m_colRights.Empty();
4419         m_rowHeights.Empty();
4420         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4421     }
4422
4423     if (table)
4424     {
4425         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4426         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4427
4428         m_table = table;
4429         m_table->SetView( this );
4430         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4431         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4432         if (checkSelection)
4433         {
4434             // If the newly set table is smaller than the
4435             // original one current cell and selection regions
4436             // might be invalid,
4437             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4438             m_currentCellCoords =
4439               wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()),
4440                                wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()));
4441             if (m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows ||
4442                 m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols)
4443             {
4444                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4445                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4446             }
4447             else
4448                 m_selectingBottomRight =
4449                   wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows,
4450                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow()),
4451                                    wxMin(m_numCols,
4452                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol()));
4453         }
4454         CalcDimensions();
4455
4456         m_created = true;
4457     }
4458
4459     return m_created;
4460 }
4461
4462 void wxGrid::InitVars()
4463 {
4464     m_created = false;
4465
4466     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4467     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4468     m_colLabelWin = NULL;
4469     m_gridWin = NULL;
4470
4471     m_table = NULL;
4472     m_ownTable = false;
4473
4474     m_selection = NULL;
4475     m_defaultCellAttr = NULL;
4476     m_typeRegistry = NULL;
4477     m_winCapture = NULL;
4478 }
4479
4480 void wxGrid::Init()
4481 {
4482     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4483     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4484
4485     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4486     {
4487         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4488     }
4489     else
4490     {
4491         m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
4492     }
4493
4494     m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK;
4495
4496     // init attr cache
4497     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4498     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4499     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4500
4501     // TODO: something better than this ?
4502     //
4503     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4504     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4505
4506     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4507     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4508
4509     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4510     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4511     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4512
4513     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4514     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4515
4516     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4517     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4518
4519 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4520     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4521 #else
4522     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4523 #endif
4524
4525     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4526     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4527     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4528     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4529     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4530
4531     m_canDragColMove = false;
4532
4533     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4534     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4535     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4536     m_canDragColSize = true;
4537     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4538     m_canDragCell = false;
4539     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4540     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4541     m_isDragging = false;
4542     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4543     m_nativeColumnLabels = false;
4544
4545     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4546
4547     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4548     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4549
4550     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4551
4552     ClearSelection();
4553
4554     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4555     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4556
4557     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4558
4559     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4560     m_batchCount = 0;
4561
4562     m_extraWidth =
4563     m_extraHeight = 0;
4564
4565     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4566     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4567 }
4568
4569 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4570 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4571 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4572 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4573 // arrays at all
4574 //
4575 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights
4576 // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but
4577 // this is not done currently
4578 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4579
4580 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4581 {
4582     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4583     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4584
4585     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4586     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4587
4588     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4589
4590     int rowBottom = 0;
4591     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4592     {
4593         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4594         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4595     }
4596 }
4597
4598 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4599 {
4600     m_colWidths.Empty();
4601     m_colRights.Empty();
4602
4603     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4604     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4605
4606     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4607
4608     int colRight = 0;
4609     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4610     {
4611         colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
4612         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4613     }
4614 }
4615
4616 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4617 {
4618     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4619 }
4620
4621 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4622 {
4623     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth
4624                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4625 }
4626
4627 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4628 {
4629     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4630                                  : m_colRights[col];
4631 }
4632
4633 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4634 {
4635     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4636 }
4637
4638 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4639 {
4640     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4641                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4642 }
4643
4644 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4645 {
4646     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4647                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4648 }
4649
4650 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4651 {
4652     // compute the size of the scrollable area
4653     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0;
4654     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
4655
4656     w += m_extraWidth;
4657     h += m_extraHeight;
4658
4659     // take into account editor if shown
4660     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4661     {
4662         int w2, h2;
4663         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4664         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4665         int x = GetColLeft(c);
4666         int y = GetRowTop(r);
4667
4668         // how big is the editor
4669         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4670         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4671         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4672         w2 += x;
4673         h2 += y;
4674         if ( w2 > w )
4675             w = w2;
4676         if ( h2 > h )
4677             h = h2;
4678         editor->DecRef();
4679         attr->DecRef();
4680     }
4681
4682     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4683     int x, y;
4684     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4685
4686     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4687     if ( x >= w )
4688         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4689     if ( y >= h )
4690         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4691
4692     // update the virtual size and refresh the scrollbars to reflect it
4693     m_gridWin->SetVirtualSize(w, h);
4694     Scroll(x, y);
4695     AdjustScrollbars();
4696
4697     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4698     // still must reposition the children
4699     CalcWindowSizes();
4700 }
4701
4702 wxSize wxGrid::GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size)
4703 {
4704     wxSize sizeGridWin(size);
4705     sizeGridWin.x -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4706     sizeGridWin.y -= m_colLabelHeight;
4707
4708     return sizeGridWin;
4709 }
4710
4711 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4712 {
4713     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4714
4715     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4716         return;
4717
4718     int cw, ch;
4719     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4720
4721     // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't
4722     // size the windows to negative sizes in this case
4723     int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth;
4724     int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight;
4725     if (gw < 0)
4726         gw = 0;
4727     if (gh < 0)
4728         gh = 0;
4729
4730     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4731         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4732
4733     if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4734         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight );
4735
4736     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4737         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh );
4738
4739     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4740         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh );
4741 }
4742
4743 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
4744 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
4745 //
4746 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4747 {
4748     int i;
4749     bool result = false;
4750
4751     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4752     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4753     ClearAttrCache();
4754
4755     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4756     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4757     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4758     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4759     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4760     HideCellEditControl();
4761
4762 #if 0
4763     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4764     // now
4765     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4766     {
4767         InitColWidths();
4768     }
4769
4770     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4771     {
4772         InitRowHeights();
4773     }
4774 #endif
4775
4776     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4777     {
4778         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4779         {
4780             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4781             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4782
4783             m_numRows += numRows;
4784
4785             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4786             {
4787                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4788                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4789
4790                 int bottom = 0;
4791                 if ( pos > 0 )
4792                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
4793
4794                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4795                 {
4796                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4797                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4798                 }
4799             }
4800
4801             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4802             {
4803                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4804                 // cell will be undefined...
4805                 //
4806                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4807             }
4808
4809             if ( m_selection )
4810                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4811             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4812             if (attrProvider)
4813                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4814
4815             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4816             {
4817                 CalcDimensions();
4818                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4819             }
4820         }
4821         result = true;
4822         break;
4823
4824         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4825         {
4826             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4827             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4828             m_numRows += numRows;
4829
4830             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4831             {
4832                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4833                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4834
4835                 int bottom = 0;
4836                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
4837                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
4838
4839                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4840                 {
4841                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4842                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4843                 }
4844             }
4845
4846             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4847             {
4848                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4849                 // cell will be undefined...
4850                 //
4851                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4852             }
4853
4854             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4855             {
4856                 CalcDimensions();
4857                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4858             }
4859         }
4860         result = true;
4861         break;
4862
4863         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4864         {
4865             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4866             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4867             m_numRows -= numRows;
4868
4869             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4870             {
4871                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4872                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4873
4874                 int h = 0;
4875                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4876                 {
4877                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4878                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4879                 }
4880             }
4881
4882             if ( !m_numRows )
4883             {
4884                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4885             }
4886             else
4887             {
4888                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4889                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4890             }
4891
4892             if ( m_selection )
4893                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4894             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4895             if (attrProvider)
4896             {
4897                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4898
4899 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4900 #if 0
4901                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4902                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4903                 // all column attributes.
4904                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4905                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4906                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4907                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4908 #endif
4909             }
4910
4911             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4912             {
4913                 CalcDimensions();
4914                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4915             }
4916         }
4917         result = true;
4918         break;
4919
4920         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4921         {
4922             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4923             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4924             m_numCols += numCols;
4925
4926             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4927             {
4928                 //Shift the column IDs
4929                 int i;
4930                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
4931                 {
4932                     if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
4933                         m_colAt[i] += numCols;
4934                 }
4935
4936                 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
4937
4938                 //Set the new columns' positions
4939                 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
4940                 {
4941                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4942                 }
4943             }
4944
4945             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4946             {
4947                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4948                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4949
4950                 int right = 0;
4951                 if ( pos > 0 )
4952                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
4953
4954                 int colPos;
4955                 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4956                 {
4957                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4958
4959                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4960                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4961                 }
4962             }
4963
4964             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4965             {
4966                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4967                 // cell will be undefined...
4968                 //
4969                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4970             }
4971
4972             if ( m_selection )
4973                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4974             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4975             if (attrProvider)
4976                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4977             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4978             {
4979                 CalcDimensions();
4980                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4981             }
4982         }
4983         result = true;
4984         break;
4985
4986         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4987         {
4988             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4989             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4990             m_numCols += numCols;
4991
4992             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4993             {
4994                 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
4995
4996                 //Set the new columns' positions
4997                 int i;
4998                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4999                 {
5000                     m_colAt[i] = i;
5001                 }
5002             }
5003
5004             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5005             {
5006                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
5007                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
5008
5009                 int right = 0;
5010                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
5011                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
5012
5013                 int colPos;
5014                 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5015                 {
5016                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5017
5018                     right += m_colWidths[i];
5019                     m_colRights[i] = right;
5020                 }
5021             }
5022
5023             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
5024             {
5025                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
5026                 // cell will be undefined...
5027                 //
5028                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
5029             }
5030             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5031             {
5032                 CalcDimensions();
5033                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5034             }
5035         }
5036         result = true;
5037         break;
5038
5039         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
5040         {
5041             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
5042             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
5043             m_numCols -= numCols;
5044
5045             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
5046             {
5047                 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
5048
5049                 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5050
5051                 //Shift the column IDs
5052                 int colPos;
5053                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5054                 {
5055                     if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
5056                         m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
5057                 }
5058             }
5059
5060             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5061             {
5062                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5063                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5064
5065                 int w = 0;
5066                 int colPos;
5067                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5068                 {
5069                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5070
5071                     w += m_colWidths[i];
5072                     m_colRights[i] = w;
5073                 }
5074             }
5075
5076             if ( !m_numCols )
5077             {
5078                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5079             }
5080             else
5081             {
5082                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
5083                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
5084             }
5085
5086             if ( m_selection )
5087                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5088             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
5089             if (attrProvider)
5090             {
5091                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5092
5093 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
5094 #if 0
5095                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
5096                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
5097                 // all row attributes.
5098                 // I hate to do this here, but the
5099                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
5100                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
5101                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
5102 #endif
5103             }
5104
5105             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5106             {
5107                 CalcDimensions();
5108                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5109             }
5110         }
5111         result = true;
5112         break;
5113     }
5114
5115     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
5116         m_gridWin->Refresh();
5117
5118     return result;
5119 }
5120
5121 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5122 {
5123     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5124     wxRect r;
5125
5126     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
5127
5128     int top, bottom;
5129     while ( iter )
5130     {
5131         r = iter.GetRect();
5132
5133         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5134         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5135         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5136         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5137         //
5138 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5139         int cw, ch;
5140         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5141         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
5142             r.SetTop( 0 );
5143         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5144 #endif
5145
5146         // logical bounds of update region
5147         //
5148         int dummy;
5149         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
5150         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
5151
5152         // find the row labels within these bounds
5153         //
5154         int row;
5155         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5156         {
5157             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
5158                 continue;
5159
5160             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5161                 break;
5162
5163             rowlabels.Add( row );
5164         }
5165
5166         ++iter;
5167     }
5168
5169     return rowlabels;
5170 }
5171
5172 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5173 {
5174     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5175     wxRect r;
5176
5177     wxArrayInt colLabels;
5178
5179     int left, right;
5180     while ( iter )
5181     {
5182         r = iter.GetRect();
5183
5184         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5185         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5186         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5187         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5188         //
5189 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5190         int cw, ch;
5191         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5192         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
5193             r.SetLeft( 0 );
5194         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5195 #endif
5196
5197         // logical bounds of update region
5198         //
5199         int dummy;
5200         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
5201         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
5202
5203         // find the cells within these bounds
5204         //
5205         int col;
5206         int colPos;
5207         for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5208         {
5209             col = GetColAt( colPos );
5210
5211             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
5212                 continue;
5213
5214             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5215                 break;
5216
5217             colLabels.Add( col );
5218         }
5219
5220         ++iter;
5221     }
5222
5223     return colLabels;
5224 }
5225
5226 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5227 {
5228     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5229     wxRect r;
5230
5231     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
5232
5233     int left, top, right, bottom;
5234     while ( iter )
5235     {
5236         r = iter.GetRect();
5237
5238         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5239         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5240         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5241         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5242         //
5243 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5244         int cw, ch;
5245         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5246         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5247         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5248         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5249         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5250 #endif
5251
5252         // logical bounds of update region
5253         //
5254         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5255         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5256
5257         // find the cells within these bounds
5258         //
5259         int row, col;
5260         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5261         {
5262             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5263                 continue;
5264
5265             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5266                 break;
5267
5268             int colPos;
5269             for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5270             {
5271                 col = GetColAt( colPos );
5272
5273                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
5274                     continue;
5275
5276                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5277                     break;
5278
5279                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
5280             }
5281         }
5282
5283         ++iter;
5284     }
5285
5286     return cellsExposed;
5287 }
5288
5289
5290 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5291 {
5292     int x, y, row;
5293     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5294     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5295
5296     if ( event.Dragging() )
5297     {
5298         if (!m_isDragging)
5299         {
5300             m_isDragging = true;
5301             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5302         }
5303
5304         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5305         {
5306             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5307             {
5308                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5309                 {
5310                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5311                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5312                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5313
5314                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5315                     PrepareDC( dc );
5316                     y = wxMax( y,
5317                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5318                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5319                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5320                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5321                     {
5322                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5323                     }
5324                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5325                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5326                 }
5327                 break;
5328
5329                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5330                 {
5331                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5332                     {
5333                         if ( m_selection )
5334                         {
5335                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5336                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5337                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5338                                                     event.AltDown(),
5339                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5340                         }
5341                     }
5342                 }
5343                 break;
5344
5345                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5346                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5347                 default:
5348                     break;
5349             }
5350         }
5351         return;
5352     }
5353
5354     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5355         return;
5356
5357     if (m_isDragging)
5358     {
5359         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5360             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5361         m_isDragging = false;
5362     }
5363
5364     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5365     //
5366     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5367     {
5368         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5369     }
5370
5371     // ------------ Left button pressed
5372     //
5373     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5374     {
5375         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5376         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5377         // wanting to resize the row
5378         //
5379         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5380         {
5381             row = YToRow(y);
5382             if ( row >= 0 &&
5383                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5384             {
5385                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5386                     ClearSelection();
5387                 if ( m_selection )
5388                 {
5389                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5390                     {
5391                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5392                                                   0,
5393                                                   row,
5394                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5395                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5396                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5397                                                   event.AltDown(),
5398                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5399                     }
5400                     else
5401                     {
5402                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5403                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5404                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5405                                                 event.AltDown(),
5406                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5407                     }
5408                 }
5409
5410                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5411             }
5412         }
5413         else
5414         {
5415             // starting to drag-resize a row
5416             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5417                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5418         }
5419     }
5420
5421     // ------------ Left double click
5422     //
5423     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5424     {
5425         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5426         if ( row < 0 )
5427         {
5428             row = YToRow(y);
5429             if ( row >=0 &&
5430                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5431             {
5432                 // no default action at the moment
5433             }
5434         }
5435         else
5436         {
5437             // adjust row height depending on label text
5438             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5439
5440             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5441             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5442         }
5443     }
5444
5445     // ------------ Left button released
5446     //
5447     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5448     {
5449         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5450         {
5451             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5452
5453             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5454             // default processing in this case
5455             //
5456             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5457         }
5458
5459         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5460         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5461     }
5462
5463     // ------------ Right button down
5464     //
5465     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5466     {
5467         row = YToRow(y);
5468         if ( row >=0 &&
5469              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5470         {
5471             // no default action at the moment
5472         }
5473     }
5474
5475     // ------------ Right double click
5476     //
5477     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5478     {
5479         row = YToRow(y);
5480         if ( row >= 0 &&
5481              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5482         {
5483             // no default action at the moment
5484         }
5485     }
5486
5487     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5488     //
5489     else if ( event.Moving() )
5490     {
5491         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5492         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5493         {
5494             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5495             {
5496                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5497                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5498                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5499             }
5500         }
5501         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5502         {
5503             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5504         }
5505     }
5506 }
5507
5508 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5509 {
5510     int x, y, col;
5511     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5512     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5513
5514     if ( event.Dragging() )
5515     {
5516         if (!m_isDragging)
5517         {
5518             m_isDragging = true;
5519             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5520
5521             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL )
5522                 m_dragRowOrCol = XToCol( x );
5523         }
5524
5525         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5526         {
5527             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5528             {
5529                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5530                 {
5531                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5532                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5533                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5534
5535                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5536                     PrepareDC( dc );
5537
5538                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5539                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5540                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5541                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5542                     {
5543                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5544                     }
5545                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5546                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5547                 }
5548                 break;
5549
5550                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5551                 {
5552                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5553                     {
5554                         if ( m_selection )
5555                         {
5556                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5557                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5558                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5559                                                     event.AltDown(),
5560                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5561                         }
5562                     }
5563                 }
5564                 break;
5565
5566                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5567                 {
5568                     if ( x < 0 )
5569                         m_moveToCol = GetColAt( 0 );
5570                     else
5571                         m_moveToCol = XToCol( x );
5572
5573                     int markerX;
5574
5575                     if ( m_moveToCol < 0 )
5576                         markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) );
5577                     else if ( x >= (GetColLeft( m_moveToCol ) + (GetColWidth(m_moveToCol) / 2)) )
5578                     {
5579                         m_moveToCol = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) + 1 );
5580                         if ( m_moveToCol < 0 )
5581                             markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) );
5582                         else
5583                             markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol );
5584                     }
5585                     else
5586                         markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol );
5587
5588                     if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
5589                     {
5590                         wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5591                         DoPrepareDC(dc);
5592
5593                         int cw, ch;
5594                         m_colLabelWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5595
5596                         markerX++;
5597
5598                         //Clean up the last indicator
5599                         if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5600                         {
5601                             wxPen pen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
5602                             dc.SetPen(pen);
5603                             dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
5604                             dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5605
5606                             if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
5607                                 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
5608                         }
5609
5610                         const wxColour *color;
5611                         //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
5612                         if ( (m_moveToCol == m_dragRowOrCol)
5613                           || (GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) == GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) + 1)
5614                           || (m_moveToCol < 0 && m_dragRowOrCol == GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )))
5615                             color = wxLIGHT_GREY;
5616                         else
5617                             color = wxBLUE;
5618
5619                         //Draw the marker
5620                         wxPen pen( *color, 2 );
5621                         dc.SetPen(pen);
5622
5623                         dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
5624
5625                         dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5626
5627                         m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
5628                     }
5629                 }
5630                 break;
5631
5632                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5633                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5634                 default:
5635                     break;
5636             }
5637         }
5638         return;
5639     }
5640
5641     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5642         return;
5643
5644     if (m_isDragging)
5645     {
5646         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture())
5647             m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5648         m_isDragging = false;
5649     }
5650
5651     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5652     //
5653     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5654     {
5655         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5656     }
5657
5658     // ------------ Left button pressed
5659     //
5660     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5661     {
5662         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5663         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5664         // wanting to resize the col
5665         //
5666         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5667         {
5668             col = XToCol(x);
5669             if ( col >= 0 &&
5670                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5671             {
5672                 if ( m_canDragColMove )
5673                 {
5674                     //Show button as pressed
5675                     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5676                     int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
5677                     int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
5678                     dc.SetPen( wxPen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
5679                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
5680                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
5681
5682                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5683                 }
5684                 else
5685                 {
5686                     if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5687                         ClearSelection();
5688                     if ( m_selection )
5689                     {
5690                         if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5691                         {
5692                             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5693                                                       m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5694                                                       GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5695                                                       event.ControlDown(),
5696                                                       event.ShiftDown(),
5697                                                       event.AltDown(),
5698                                                       event.MetaDown() );
5699                         }
5700                         else
5701                         {
5702                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5703                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5704                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5705                                                     event.AltDown(),
5706                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5707                         }
5708                     }
5709
5710                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5711                 }
5712             }
5713         }
5714         else
5715         {
5716             // starting to drag-resize a col
5717             //
5718             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5719                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5720         }
5721     }
5722
5723     // ------------ Left double click
5724     //
5725     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5726     {
5727         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5728         if ( col < 0 )
5729         {
5730             col = XToCol(x);
5731             if ( col >= 0 &&
5732                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5733             {
5734                 // no default action at the moment
5735             }
5736         }
5737         else
5738         {
5739             // adjust column width depending on label text
5740             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5741
5742             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5743             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5744         }
5745     }
5746
5747     // ------------ Left button released
5748     //
5749     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5750     {
5751         switch ( m_cursorMode )
5752         {
5753             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5754                 DoEndDragResizeCol();
5755
5756                 // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5757                 // default processing in this case
5758                 //
5759                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5760                 break;
5761
5762             case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5763                 DoEndDragMoveCol();
5764
5765                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5766                 break;
5767
5768             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5769             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
5770             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5771             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5772                 // nothing to do (?)
5773                 break;
5774         }
5775
5776         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5777         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5778     }
5779
5780     // ------------ Right button down
5781     //
5782     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5783     {
5784         col = XToCol(x);
5785         if ( col >= 0 &&
5786              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5787         {
5788             // no default action at the moment
5789         }
5790     }
5791
5792     // ------------ Right double click
5793     //
5794     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5795     {
5796         col = XToCol(x);
5797         if ( col >= 0 &&
5798              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5799         {
5800             // no default action at the moment
5801         }
5802     }
5803
5804     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5805     //
5806     else if ( event.Moving() )
5807     {
5808         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5809         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5810         {
5811             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5812             {
5813                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5814                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5815                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5816             }
5817         }
5818         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5819         {
5820             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5821         }
5822     }
5823 }
5824
5825 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5826 {
5827     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5828     {
5829         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5830         // col args == -1
5831         //
5832         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5833         {
5834             SelectAll();
5835         }
5836     }
5837     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5838     {
5839         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5840     }
5841     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5842     {
5843         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5844         {
5845             // no default action at the moment
5846         }
5847     }
5848     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5849     {
5850         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5851         {
5852             // no default action at the moment
5853         }
5854     }
5855 }
5856
5857 void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture()
5858 {
5859     // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is
5860     if ( m_winCapture )
5861     {
5862         m_isDragging = false;
5863         m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
5864         m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5865         m_winCapture = NULL;
5866
5867         // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen
5868         Refresh();
5869     }
5870 }
5871
5872 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5873                               wxWindow *win,
5874                               bool captureMouse)
5875 {
5876 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5877     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5878     {
5879         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5880         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5881         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5882         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5883         _T("SELECT_COL"),
5884         _T("MOVE_COL"),
5885     };
5886
5887     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5888                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5889                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5890                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5891                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5892                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5893 #endif
5894
5895     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5896          win == m_winCapture &&
5897          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5898         return;
5899
5900     if ( !win )
5901     {
5902         // by default use the grid itself
5903         win = m_gridWin;
5904     }
5905
5906     if ( m_winCapture )
5907     {
5908         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5909             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5910         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5911     }
5912
5913     m_cursorMode = mode;
5914
5915     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5916     {
5917         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5918             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5919             break;
5920
5921         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5922             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5923             break;
5924
5925         case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5926             win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
5927             break;
5928
5929         default:
5930             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5931             break;
5932     }
5933
5934     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5935     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5936                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5937
5938     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5939     {
5940         win->CaptureMouse();
5941         m_winCapture = win;
5942     }
5943 }
5944
5945 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5946 {
5947     int x, y;
5948     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5949     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5950
5951     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5952     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5953
5954     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5955     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5956     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5957     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5958     {
5959         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5960         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5961     }
5962
5963     if ( event.Dragging() )
5964     {
5965         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5966
5967         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5968         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5969         if (! m_isDragging)
5970         {
5971             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5972             {
5973                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5974                 return;
5975             }
5976             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5977                 return;
5978         }
5979
5980         m_isDragging = true;
5981         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5982         {
5983             // Hide the edit control, so it
5984             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5985             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5986             {
5987                 HideCellEditControl();
5988                 SaveEditControlValue();
5989             }
5990
5991             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5992             {
5993                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5994                 {
5995                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5996                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5997                     HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5998                 }
5999                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
6000                 {
6001                     if ( isFirstDrag )
6002                     {
6003                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
6004                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
6005
6006                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
6007                                    coords.GetRow(),
6008                                    coords.GetCol(),
6009                                    event );
6010                         return;
6011                     }
6012                 }
6013                 else
6014                 {
6015                     if ( !IsSelection() )
6016                     {
6017                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
6018                     }
6019                     else
6020                     {
6021                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
6022                     }
6023                 }
6024
6025                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
6026                 {
6027                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
6028                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
6029                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
6030                 }
6031             }
6032             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
6033             if (! m_winCapture)
6034             {
6035                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
6036                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
6037             }
6038
6039
6040         }
6041         else if ( event.LeftIsDown() &&
6042                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6043         {
6044             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6045             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6046             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6047
6048             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6049             PrepareDC( dc );
6050             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6051                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6052             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6053             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6054             {
6055                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
6056             }
6057             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
6058             m_dragLastPos = y;
6059         }
6060         else if ( event.LeftIsDown() &&
6061                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6062         {
6063             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6064             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6065             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6066
6067             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6068             PrepareDC( dc );
6069             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6070                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6071             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6072             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6073             {
6074                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6075             }
6076             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
6077             m_dragLastPos = x;
6078         }
6079
6080         return;
6081     }
6082
6083     m_isDragging = false;
6084     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
6085
6086     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
6087     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
6088     //     wxGTK
6089 #if 0
6090     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
6091     {
6092         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6093         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
6094     }
6095     else
6096 #endif // 0
6097
6098     // ------------ Left button pressed
6099     //
6100     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6101     {
6102         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
6103                        coords.GetRow(),
6104                        coords.GetCol(),
6105                        event ) )
6106         {
6107             if ( !event.CmdDown() )
6108                 ClearSelection();
6109             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
6110             {
6111                 if ( m_selection )
6112                 {
6113                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6114                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6115                                               coords.GetRow(),
6116                                               coords.GetCol(),
6117                                               event.ControlDown(),
6118                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6119                                               event.AltDown(),
6120                                               event.MetaDown() );
6121                 }
6122             }
6123             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
6124                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6125             {
6126                 DisableCellEditControl();
6127                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
6128
6129                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
6130                 {
6131                     if ( m_selection )
6132                     {
6133                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
6134                                                           coords.GetCol(),
6135                                                           event.ControlDown(),
6136                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
6137                                                           event.AltDown(),
6138                                                           event.MetaDown() );
6139                     }
6140                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6141                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6142                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
6143                 }
6144                 else
6145                 {
6146                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
6147                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
6148                     if ( m_selection )
6149                     {
6150                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
6151                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
6152                         {
6153                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
6154                         }
6155                     }
6156                 }
6157             }
6158         }
6159     }
6160
6161     // ------------ Left double click
6162     //
6163     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6164     {
6165         DisableCellEditControl();
6166
6167         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6168         {
6169             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
6170                              coords.GetRow(),
6171                              coords.GetCol(),
6172                              event ) )
6173             {
6174                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
6175                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
6176                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
6177             }
6178         }
6179     }
6180
6181     // ------------ Left button released
6182     //
6183     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
6184     {
6185         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6186         {
6187             if (m_winCapture)
6188             {
6189                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
6190                     m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
6191                 m_winCapture = NULL;
6192             }
6193
6194             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
6195             {
6196                 ClearSelection();
6197                 EnableCellEditControl();
6198
6199                 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6200                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
6201                 editor->StartingClick();
6202                 editor->DecRef();
6203                 attr->DecRef();
6204
6205                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
6206             }
6207             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6208                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6209             {
6210                 if ( m_selection )
6211                 {
6212                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6213                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6214                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6215                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6216                                               event.ControlDown(),
6217                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6218                                               event.AltDown(),
6219                                               event.MetaDown() );
6220                 }
6221
6222                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6223                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6224
6225                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
6226                 // drag-shrinking.
6227                 ShowCellEditControl();
6228             }
6229         }
6230         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6231         {
6232             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6233             DoEndDragResizeRow();
6234
6235             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6236             // default processing in this case
6237             //
6238             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
6239         }
6240         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6241         {
6242             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6243             DoEndDragResizeCol();
6244
6245             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6246             // default processing in this case
6247             //
6248             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
6249         }
6250
6251         m_dragLastPos = -1;
6252     }
6253
6254     // ------------ Right button down
6255     //
6256     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6257     {
6258         DisableCellEditControl();
6259         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
6260                          coords.GetRow(),
6261                          coords.GetCol(),
6262                          event ) )
6263         {
6264             // no default action at the moment
6265         }
6266     }
6267
6268     // ------------ Right double click
6269     //
6270     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6271     {
6272         DisableCellEditControl();
6273         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
6274                          coords.GetRow(),
6275                          coords.GetCol(),
6276                          event ) )
6277         {
6278             // no default action at the moment
6279         }
6280     }
6281
6282     // ------------ Moving and no button action
6283     //
6284     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
6285     {
6286         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
6287         {
6288             // out of grid cell area
6289             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6290             return;
6291         }
6292
6293         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
6294         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
6295
6296         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
6297         // directions is not implemented yet...
6298         //
6299         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
6300         {
6301             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6302             return;
6303         }
6304
6305         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
6306         {
6307             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
6308
6309             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6310             {
6311                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6312                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false);
6313             }
6314         }
6315         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
6316         {
6317             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
6318
6319             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6320             {
6321                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6322                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false);
6323             }
6324         }
6325         else // Neither on a row or col edge
6326         {
6327             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6328             {
6329                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6330             }
6331         }
6332     }
6333 }
6334
6335 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
6336 {
6337     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6338     {
6339         // erase the last line and resize the row
6340         //
6341         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6342         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6343         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6344
6345         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6346         PrepareDC( dc );
6347         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6348         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos );
6349         HideCellEditControl();
6350         SaveEditControlValue();
6351
6352         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
6353         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6354                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
6355
6356         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6357         {
6358             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
6359             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
6360             rect.x = 0;
6361             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6362             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6363             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6364             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6365             rect.width = cw;
6366
6367             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6368             if (m_table)
6369             {
6370                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
6371                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
6372                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw);
6373                 if (leftCol >= 0)
6374                 {
6375                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
6376                     {
6377                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6378                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
6379                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
6380                     }
6381                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
6382                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6383                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6384                 }
6385             }
6386             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6387         }
6388
6389         ShowCellEditControl();
6390     }
6391 }
6392
6393
6394 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6395 {
6396     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6397     {
6398         // erase the last line and resize the col
6399         //
6400         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6401         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6402         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6403
6404         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6405         PrepareDC( dc );
6406         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6407         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6408         HideCellEditControl();
6409         SaveEditControlValue();
6410
6411         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6412         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6413                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6414                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6415
6416         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6417         {
6418             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6419             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6420             rect.y = 0;
6421             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6422             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6423             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6424             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6425             rect.height = ch;
6426
6427             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6428             if (m_table)
6429             {
6430                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6431                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6432                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw);
6433                 if (topRow >= 0)
6434                 {
6435                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6436                     {
6437                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6438                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6439                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6440                     }
6441
6442                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6443                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6444                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6445                 }
6446             }
6447
6448             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6449         }
6450
6451         ShowCellEditControl();
6452     }
6453 }
6454
6455 void wxGrid::DoEndDragMoveCol()
6456 {
6457     //The user clicked on the column but didn't actually drag
6458     if ( m_dragLastPos < 0 )
6459     {
6460         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();   //Do this to "unpress" the column
6461         return;
6462     }
6463
6464     int newPos;
6465     if ( m_moveToCol == -1 )
6466         newPos = m_numCols - 1;
6467     else
6468     {
6469         newPos = GetColPos( m_moveToCol );
6470         if ( newPos > GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) )
6471             newPos--;
6472     }
6473
6474     SetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol, newPos );
6475 }
6476
6477 void wxGrid::SetColPos( int colID, int newPos )
6478 {
6479     if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
6480     {
6481         m_colAt.Alloc( m_numCols );
6482
6483         int i;
6484         for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
6485         {
6486             m_colAt.Add( i );
6487         }
6488     }
6489
6490     int oldPos = GetColPos( colID );
6491
6492     //Reshuffle the m_colAt array
6493     if ( newPos > oldPos )
6494     {
6495         int i;
6496         for ( i = oldPos; i < newPos; i++ )
6497         {
6498             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i+1];
6499         }
6500     }
6501     else
6502     {
6503         int i;
6504         for ( i = oldPos; i > newPos; i-- )
6505         {
6506             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i-1];
6507         }
6508     }
6509
6510     m_colAt[newPos] = colID;
6511
6512     //Recalculate the column rights
6513     if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6514     {
6515         int colRight = 0;
6516         int colPos;
6517         for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6518         {
6519             int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
6520
6521             colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
6522             m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
6523         }
6524     }
6525
6526     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6527     m_gridWin->Refresh();
6528 }
6529
6530
6531
6532 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
6533 {
6534     if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
6535         return;
6536
6537     m_canDragColMove = enable;
6538
6539     if ( !m_canDragColMove )
6540     {
6541         m_colAt.Clear();
6542
6543         //Recalculate the column rights
6544         if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6545         {
6546             int colRight = 0;
6547             int colPos;
6548             for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6549             {
6550                 colRight += m_colWidths[colPos];
6551                 m_colRights[colPos] = colRight;
6552             }
6553         }
6554
6555         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6556         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6557     }
6558 }
6559
6560
6561 //
6562 // ------ interaction with data model
6563 //
6564 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6565 {
6566     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6567     {
6568         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6569             return GetModelValues();
6570
6571         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6572             return SetModelValues();
6573
6574         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6575         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6576         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6577         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6578         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6579         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6580             return Redimension( msg );
6581
6582         default:
6583             return false;
6584     }
6585 }
6586
6587 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6588 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6589 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6590 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6591 //
6592 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6593 {
6594     if ( m_table )
6595     {
6596         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6597             DisableCellEditControl();
6598
6599         m_table->Clear();
6600         if (!GetBatchCount())
6601             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6602     }
6603 }
6604
6605 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6606 {
6607     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6608
6609     if ( !m_created )
6610     {
6611         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6612         return false;
6613     }
6614
6615     if ( m_table )
6616     {
6617         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6618             DisableCellEditControl();
6619
6620         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6621         return done;
6622
6623         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6624         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6625     }
6626
6627     return false;
6628 }
6629
6630 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6631 {
6632     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6633
6634     if ( !m_created )
6635     {
6636         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6637         return false;
6638     }
6639
6640     if ( m_table )
6641     {
6642         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6643         return done;
6644
6645         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6646         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6647     }
6648
6649     return false;
6650 }
6651
6652 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6653 {
6654     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6655
6656     if ( !m_created )
6657     {
6658         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6659         return false;
6660     }
6661
6662     if ( m_table )
6663     {
6664         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6665             DisableCellEditControl();
6666
6667         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6668         return done;
6669         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6670         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6671     }
6672
6673     return false;
6674 }
6675
6676 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6677 {
6678     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6679
6680     if ( !m_created )
6681     {
6682         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6683         return false;
6684     }
6685
6686     if ( m_table )
6687     {
6688         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6689             DisableCellEditControl();
6690
6691         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6692         return done;
6693         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6694         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6695     }
6696
6697     return false;
6698 }
6699
6700 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6701 {
6702     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6703
6704     if ( !m_created )
6705     {
6706         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6707         return false;
6708     }
6709
6710     if ( m_table )
6711     {
6712         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6713         return done;
6714         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6715         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6716     }
6717
6718     return false;
6719 }
6720
6721 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6722 {
6723     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6724
6725     if ( !m_created )
6726     {
6727         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6728         return false;
6729     }
6730
6731     if ( m_table )
6732     {
6733         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6734             DisableCellEditControl();
6735
6736         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6737         return done;
6738         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6739         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6740     }
6741
6742     return false;
6743 }
6744
6745 //
6746 // ----- event handlers
6747 //
6748
6749 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6750 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6751 //
6752 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6753                         int row, int col,
6754                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6755 {
6756    bool claimed, vetoed;
6757
6758    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6759    {
6760        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6761
6762        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6763                type,
6764                this,
6765                rowOrCol,
6766                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6767                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6768                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6769                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6770                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6771                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6772
6773        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6774        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6775    }
6776    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6777    {
6778        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6779        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6780                type,
6781                this,
6782                m_selectingTopLeft,
6783                m_selectingBottomRight,
6784                true,
6785                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6786                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6787                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6788                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6789
6790        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6791        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6792    }
6793    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
6794              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
6795              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
6796              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
6797    {
6798        wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
6799
6800        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
6801            pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
6802        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
6803            pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
6804
6805        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6806                type,
6807                this,
6808                row, col,
6809                pos.x,
6810                pos.y,
6811                false,
6812                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6813                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6814                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6815                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6816        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6817        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6818    }
6819    else
6820    {
6821        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6822                type,
6823                this,
6824                row, col,
6825                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6826                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6827                false,
6828                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6829                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6830                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6831                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6832        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6833        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6834    }
6835
6836    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6837    if (vetoed)
6838        return -1;
6839
6840    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6841 }
6842
6843 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6844 // of ProcessEvent().
6845 //
6846 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6847                         int row, int col )
6848 {
6849    bool claimed, vetoed;
6850
6851     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6852     {
6853         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6854
6855         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
6856
6857         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6858         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6859     }
6860     else
6861     {
6862         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
6863
6864         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6865         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6866      }
6867
6868     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6869     if (vetoed)
6870         return -1;
6871
6872     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6873 }
6874
6875 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6876 {
6877     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6878     wxPaintDC dc(this);
6879 }
6880
6881 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6882 {
6883     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6884     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6885     if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() )
6886     {
6887         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6888         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6889
6890         if (rect)
6891         {
6892             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6893             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6894             int x, y;
6895
6896             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6897             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6898             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6899             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6900             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6901
6902             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6903             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6904                 width_label = rectWidth;
6905
6906             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6907             if (height_label > rectHeight)
6908                 height_label = rectHeight;
6909
6910             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6911             {
6912                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6913                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6914             }
6915             else
6916             {
6917                 x = 0;
6918                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6919             }
6920
6921             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6922             {
6923                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6924                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6925             }
6926             else
6927             {
6928                 y = 0;
6929                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6930             }
6931
6932             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6933             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6934             {
6935                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6936                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6937             }
6938
6939             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6940             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6941             {
6942                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6943                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6944             }
6945
6946             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6947             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6948             {
6949                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6950                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6951             }
6952
6953             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6954             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6955             {
6956                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6957                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6958             }
6959         }
6960         else
6961         {
6962             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6963             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6964             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6965             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6966         }
6967     }
6968 }
6969
6970 void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
6971 {
6972     if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done
6973     {
6974         // reposition our children windows
6975         CalcWindowSizes();
6976     }
6977 }
6978
6979 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6980 {
6981     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6982     {
6983         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6984         //
6985         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6986     }
6987
6988     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6989
6990     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6991     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6992     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6993     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6994
6995     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6996     {
6997         if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
6998         {
6999             if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT)
7000                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT;
7001             else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT)
7002                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT;
7003         }
7004
7005         // try local handlers
7006         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
7007         {
7008             case WXK_UP:
7009                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7010                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7011                 else
7012                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
7013                 break;
7014
7015             case WXK_DOWN:
7016                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7017                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7018                 else
7019                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
7020                 break;
7021
7022             case WXK_LEFT:
7023                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7024                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7025                 else
7026                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
7027                 break;
7028
7029             case WXK_RIGHT:
7030                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7031                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7032                 else
7033                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
7034                 break;
7035
7036             case WXK_RETURN:
7037             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
7038                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7039                 {
7040                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
7041                 }
7042                 else
7043                 {
7044                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
7045                     {
7046                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
7047                     }
7048                     else
7049                     {
7050                         // at the bottom of a column
7051                         DisableCellEditControl();
7052                     }
7053                 }
7054                 break;
7055
7056             case WXK_ESCAPE:
7057                 ClearSelection();
7058                 break;
7059
7060             case WXK_TAB:
7061                 if (event.ShiftDown())
7062                 {
7063                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
7064                     {
7065                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
7066                     }
7067                     else
7068                     {
7069                         // at left of grid
7070                         DisableCellEditControl();
7071                     }
7072                 }
7073                 else
7074                 {
7075                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
7076                     {
7077                         MoveCursorRight( false );
7078                     }
7079                     else
7080                     {
7081                         // at right of grid
7082                         DisableCellEditControl();
7083                     }
7084                 }
7085                 break;
7086
7087             case WXK_HOME:
7088                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7089                 {
7090                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
7091                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
7092                 }
7093                 else
7094                 {
7095                     event.Skip();
7096                 }
7097                 break;
7098
7099             case WXK_END:
7100                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7101                 {
7102                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7103                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7104                 }
7105                 else
7106                 {
7107                     event.Skip();
7108                 }
7109                 break;
7110
7111             case WXK_PAGEUP:
7112                 MovePageUp();
7113                 break;
7114
7115             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
7116                 MovePageDown();
7117                 break;
7118
7119             case WXK_SPACE:
7120                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7121                 {
7122                     if ( m_selection )
7123                     {
7124                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(
7125                             m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
7126                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
7127                             event.ControlDown(),
7128                             event.ShiftDown(),
7129                             event.AltDown(),
7130                             event.MetaDown() );
7131                     }
7132                     break;
7133                 }
7134
7135                 if ( !IsEditable() )
7136                     MoveCursorRight( false );
7137                 else
7138                     event.Skip();
7139                 break;
7140
7141             default:
7142                 event.Skip();
7143                 break;
7144         }
7145     }
7146
7147     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
7148 }
7149
7150 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
7151 {
7152     // try local handlers
7153     //
7154     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
7155     {
7156         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7157              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7158         {
7159             if ( m_selection )
7160             {
7161                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
7162                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
7163                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
7164                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
7165                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
7166                     event.ControlDown(),
7167                     true,
7168                     event.AltDown(),
7169                     event.MetaDown() );
7170             }
7171         }
7172
7173         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7174         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7175         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7176     }
7177 }
7178
7179 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
7180 {
7181     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
7182     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
7183     {
7184         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
7185         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7186         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7187         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7188         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7189
7190         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
7191         // other keys - ask the editor itself
7192         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
7193              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
7194         {
7195             // ensure cell is visble
7196             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
7197             EnableCellEditControl();
7198
7199             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
7200             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
7201             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
7202             // crash the app
7203             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7204                 editor->StartingKey(event);
7205         }
7206         else
7207         {
7208             event.Skip();
7209         }
7210
7211         editor->DecRef();
7212         attr->DecRef();
7213     }
7214     else
7215     {
7216         event.Skip();
7217     }
7218 }
7219
7220 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
7221 {
7222 }
7223
7224 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7225 {
7226     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
7227     {
7228         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
7229         return;
7230     }
7231
7232 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7233     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7234     PrepareDC( dc );
7235 #endif
7236
7237     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7238     {
7239         DisableCellEditControl();
7240
7241         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7242         {
7243             wxRect r;
7244             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
7245             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
7246             {
7247                 r.x--;
7248                 r.y--;
7249                 r.width++;
7250                 r.height++;
7251             }
7252
7253             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
7254
7255             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
7256             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7257
7258 #if defined(__WXMAC__)
7259             m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */);
7260 #else
7261             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
7262             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
7263 #endif
7264         }
7265     }
7266
7267     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7268
7269     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
7270 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7271     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
7272 #endif
7273     attr->DecRef();
7274 }
7275
7276 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
7277 {
7278     int temp;
7279     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
7280
7281     if ( m_selection )
7282     {
7283         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
7284         {
7285             leftCol = 0;
7286             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
7287         }
7288         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
7289         {
7290             topRow = 0;
7291             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
7292         }
7293     }
7294
7295     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
7296     {
7297         temp = topRow;
7298         topRow = bottomRow;
7299         bottomRow = temp;
7300     }
7301
7302     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
7303     {
7304         temp = leftCol;
7305         leftCol = rightCol;
7306         rightCol = temp;
7307     }
7308
7309     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
7310     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
7311
7312     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
7313     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
7314          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7315     {
7316         wxRect rect;
7317         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
7318                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
7319         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7320     }
7321
7322     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
7323     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
7324               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
7325     {
7326         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
7327         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
7328         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
7329         wxRect  rect[4];
7330         bool    need_refresh[4];
7331         need_refresh[0] =
7332         need_refresh[1] =
7333         need_refresh[2] =
7334         need_refresh[3] = false;
7335         int     i;
7336
7337         // Store intermediate values
7338         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
7339         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
7340         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
7341         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
7342
7343         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
7344         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
7345         {
7346             temp = oldLeft;
7347             oldLeft = leftCol;
7348             leftCol = temp;
7349         }
7350         if (oldTop > topRow )
7351         {
7352             temp = oldTop;
7353             oldTop = topRow;
7354             topRow = temp;
7355         }
7356         if (oldRight < rightCol )
7357         {
7358             temp = oldRight;
7359             oldRight = rightCol;
7360             rightCol = temp;
7361         }
7362         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
7363         {
7364             temp = oldBottom;
7365             oldBottom = bottomRow;
7366             bottomRow = temp;
7367         }
7368
7369         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
7370         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
7371         // is contained in the other.
7372
7373         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
7374         {
7375             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7376             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
7377             need_refresh[0] = true;
7378             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7379                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
7380                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
7381         }
7382
7383         if ( oldTop < topRow )
7384         {
7385             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7386             // area above the old or new selection.
7387             need_refresh[1] = true;
7388             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7389                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
7390                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
7391         }
7392
7393         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
7394         {
7395             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7396             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
7397             need_refresh[2] = true;
7398             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7399                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
7400                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
7401         }
7402
7403         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
7404         {
7405             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7406             // area below the old or new selection.
7407             need_refresh[3] = true;
7408             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7409                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
7410                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
7411         }
7412
7413         // various Refresh() calls
7414         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
7415             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
7416                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
7417     }
7418
7419     // change selection
7420     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
7421     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
7422 }
7423
7424 //
7425 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
7426 //
7427
7428 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
7429 {
7430     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7431     HideCellEditControl();
7432
7433     if ( m_table )
7434     {
7435         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
7436         //
7437         m_gridWin->Refresh();
7438         return true;
7439     }
7440
7441     return false;
7442 }
7443
7444 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
7445 {
7446     int row, col;
7447
7448     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7449     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
7450     // I think so ...
7451     DisableCellEditControl();
7452
7453     if ( m_table )
7454     {
7455         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
7456         {
7457             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
7458             {
7459                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
7460             }
7461         }
7462
7463         return true;
7464     }
7465
7466     return false;
7467 }
7468
7469 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
7470 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
7471 // CalcExposedCells)
7472 //
7473 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
7474 {
7475     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7476         return;
7477
7478     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
7479     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7480     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
7481
7482     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7483     {
7484         row = cells[i].GetRow();
7485         col = cells[i].GetCol();
7486         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7487
7488         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
7489         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7490         {
7491             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
7492             bool marked = false;
7493             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
7494             {
7495                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
7496                 {
7497                     marked = true;
7498                     break;
7499                 }
7500             }
7501
7502             if (!marked)
7503             {
7504                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7505                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7506                 {
7507                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7508                     {
7509                         marked = true;
7510                         break;
7511                     }
7512                 }
7513
7514                 if (!marked)
7515                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7516             }
7517
7518             // don't bother drawing this cell
7519             continue;
7520         }
7521
7522         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7523         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7524         {
7525             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7526             {
7527                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
7528                 int left = col;
7529                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7530                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7531                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7532                     {
7533                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7534                     }
7535
7536                 if (left == col)
7537                     left = 0; // oh well
7538
7539                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7540                 {
7541                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7542                     {
7543                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7544                         {
7545                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7546                             bool marked = false;
7547
7548                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7549                             {
7550                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7551                                 {
7552                                     marked = true;
7553                                     break;
7554                                 }
7555                             }
7556
7557                             if (!marked)
7558                             {
7559                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7560                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7561                                 {
7562                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7563                                     {
7564                                         marked = true;
7565                                         break;
7566                                     }
7567                                 }
7568                                 if (!marked)
7569                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7570                             }
7571                         }
7572                         break;
7573                     }
7574                 }
7575             }
7576         }
7577
7578         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7579     }
7580
7581     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7582
7583     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7584     {
7585         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7586     }
7587 }
7588
7589 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7590 {
7591   int cw, ch;
7592   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7593
7594   int right, bottom;
7595   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7596
7597   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
7598   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7599
7600   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7601   {
7602       int left, top;
7603       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7604
7605       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
7606       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7607
7608       if ( right > rightCol )
7609       {
7610           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7611       }
7612
7613       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7614       {
7615           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7616       }
7617   }
7618 }
7619
7620 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7621 {
7622     int row = coords.GetRow();
7623     int col = coords.GetCol();
7624
7625     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7626         return;
7627
7628     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7629 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7630     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7631         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7632 #endif
7633
7634     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7635
7636     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7637
7638     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7639
7640     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7641     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7642     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7643     {
7644         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7645         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7646         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7647         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7648 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7649         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7650         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7651         editor->DecRef();
7652 #endif
7653     }
7654     else
7655     {
7656         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7657         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7658         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7659         renderer->DecRef();
7660     }
7661
7662     attr->DecRef();
7663 }
7664
7665 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7666 {
7667     // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus
7668     if ( !HasFocus() )
7669         return;
7670
7671     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7672     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7673
7674     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7675         return;
7676
7677     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7678
7679     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7680     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7681     // it doesn't look really good
7682
7683     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7684
7685     if (penWidth > 0)
7686     {
7687         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7688         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
7689         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
7690         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
7691         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7692         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7693         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7694         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7695         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7696
7697         // Now draw the rectangle
7698         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7699         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7700         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID));
7701         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7702         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7703     }
7704
7705 #if 0
7706         // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders...
7707
7708         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7709         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7710                 y1 = rect.y,
7711                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7712                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7713
7714         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7715         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7716         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7717
7718         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7719         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2);
7720
7721         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7722         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7723         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1);
7724 #endif
7725 }
7726
7727 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
7728 {
7729     return wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID);
7730 }
7731
7732 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
7733 {
7734     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7735 }
7736
7737 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
7738 {
7739     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7740 }
7741
7742 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7743 {
7744     int row = coords.GetRow();
7745     int col = coords.GetCol();
7746     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7747         return;
7748
7749
7750     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7751
7752     // right hand border
7753     dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
7754     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7755                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7756
7757     // bottom border
7758     dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
7759     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7760                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7761 }
7762
7763 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7764 {
7765     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7766     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7767     //
7768     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7769          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7770     {
7771         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7772     }
7773
7774     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7775     {
7776         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7777         return;
7778     }
7779
7780     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7781     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7782     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7783     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7784     {
7785         wxGridCellCoords cell = cells[n];
7786
7787         // If we are using attributes, then we may have just exposed another
7788         // cell in a partially-visible merged cluster of cells. If the "anchor"
7789         // (upper left) cell of this merged cluster is the cell indicated by
7790         // m_currentCellCoords, then we need to refresh the cell highlight even
7791         // though the "anchor" itself is not part of our update segment.
7792         if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7793         {
7794             int rows = 0,
7795                 cols = 0;
7796             GetCellSize(cell.GetRow(), cell.GetCol(), &rows, &cols);
7797
7798             if ( rows < 0 )
7799                 cell.SetRow(cell.GetRow() + rows);
7800
7801             if ( cols < 0 )
7802                 cell.SetCol(cell.GetCol() + cols);
7803         }
7804
7805         if ( cell == m_currentCellCoords )
7806         {
7807             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7808             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7809             attr->DecRef();
7810
7811             break;
7812         }
7813     }
7814 }
7815
7816 // TODO: remove this ???
7817 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7818 // has been changed
7819 //
7820 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7821 {
7822 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7823     return;
7824 #endif
7825
7826     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7827          return;
7828
7829     int top, bottom, left, right;
7830
7831 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7832     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7833     {
7834       int cw, ch;
7835       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7836
7837       // virtual coords of visible area
7838       //
7839       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7840       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7841     }
7842     else
7843     {
7844       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7845       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7846       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7847       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7848     }
7849 #else
7850       int cw, ch;
7851       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7852       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7853       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7854 #endif
7855
7856     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7857     //
7858     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) );
7859     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7860
7861     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7862     int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
7863     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
7864     int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
7865     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7866
7867     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7868
7869     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7870     wxRect rect;
7871
7872     for (j=topRow; j<=bottomRow; j++)
7873     {
7874         int colPos;
7875         for (colPos=leftCol; colPos<=rightCol; colPos++)
7876         {
7877             i = GetColAt( colPos );
7878
7879             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7880             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7881             {
7882                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7883                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7884                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7885             }
7886             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7887             {
7888                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7889                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7890                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7891             }
7892         }
7893     }
7894
7895     dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7896
7897
7898     // horizontal grid lines
7899     //
7900     // already declared above - int i;
7901     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7902     {
7903         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7904
7905         if ( bot > bottom )
7906         {
7907             break;
7908         }
7909
7910         if ( bot >= top )
7911         {
7912             dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
7913             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7914         }
7915     }
7916
7917     // vertical grid lines
7918     //
7919     int colPos;
7920     for ( colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
7921     {
7922         i = GetColAt( colPos );
7923
7924         int colRight = GetColRight(i);
7925 #ifdef __WXGTK__
7926         if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft)
7927 #endif
7928             colRight--;
7929
7930         if ( colRight > right )
7931         {
7932             break;
7933         }
7934
7935         if ( colRight >= left )
7936         {
7937             dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
7938             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7939         }
7940     }
7941
7942     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7943 }
7944
7945 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
7946 {
7947     if ( !m_numRows )
7948         return;
7949
7950     size_t i;
7951     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7952
7953     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7954     {
7955         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7956     }
7957 }
7958
7959 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7960 {
7961     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7962         return;
7963
7964     wxRect rect;
7965
7966     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7967         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7968
7969     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
7970     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
7971     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7972     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7973
7974     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7975     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7976     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
7977
7978     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
7979     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7980     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7981
7982     int hAlign, vAlign;
7983     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7984
7985     rect.SetX( 2 );
7986     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7987     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7988     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7989     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7990 }
7991
7992 void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native )
7993 {
7994     m_nativeColumnLabels = native;
7995     if (native)
7996     {
7997         int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this );
7998         SetColLabelSize( height );
7999     }
8000
8001     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8002 }
8003
8004 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
8005 {
8006     if ( !m_numCols )
8007         return;
8008
8009     size_t i;
8010     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
8011
8012     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
8013     {
8014         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
8015     }
8016 }
8017
8018 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
8019 {
8020     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
8021         return;
8022
8023     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
8024
8025     wxRect rect;
8026
8027     if (m_nativeColumnLabels)
8028     {
8029         rect.SetX( colLeft);
8030         rect.SetY( 0 );
8031         rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col));
8032         rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight );
8033
8034         wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
8035         wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->GetWindow(), dc, rect, 0 );
8036     }
8037     else
8038     {
8039         int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
8040
8041         dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
8042         dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8043         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
8044         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
8045                  colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8046
8047         dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
8048         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8049         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
8050     }
8051
8052     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
8053     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
8054     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
8055
8056     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
8057     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
8058     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
8059
8060     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
8061     rect.SetY( 2 );
8062     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
8063     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
8064     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
8065 }
8066
8067 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
8068                                 const wxString& value,
8069                                 const wxRect& rect,
8070                                 int horizAlign,
8071                                 int vertAlign,
8072                                 int textOrientation )
8073 {
8074     wxArrayString lines;
8075
8076     StringToLines( value, lines );
8077
8078     // Forward to new API.
8079     DrawTextRectangle( dc,
8080         lines,
8081         rect,
8082         horizAlign,
8083         vertAlign,
8084         textOrientation );
8085 }
8086
8087 // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to
8088 //     add textOrientation support
8089 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
8090                                const wxArrayString& lines,
8091                                const wxRect& rect,
8092                                int horizAlign,
8093                                int vertAlign,
8094                                int textOrientation)
8095 {
8096     if ( lines.empty() )
8097         return;
8098
8099     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
8100
8101     long textWidth,
8102          textHeight;
8103
8104     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8105         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
8106     else
8107         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
8108
8109     int x = 0,
8110         y = 0;
8111     switch ( vertAlign )
8112     {
8113         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
8114             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8115                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
8116             else
8117                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
8118             break;
8119
8120         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8121             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8122                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
8123             else
8124                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
8125             break;
8126
8127         case wxALIGN_TOP:
8128         default:
8129             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8130                 y = rect.y + 1;
8131             else
8132                 x = rect.x + 1;
8133             break;
8134     }
8135
8136     // Align each line of a multi-line label
8137     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
8138     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
8139     {
8140         const wxString& line = lines[l];
8141
8142         if ( line.empty() )
8143         {
8144             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
8145             continue;
8146         }
8147
8148         wxCoord lineWidth = 0,
8149              lineHeight = 0;
8150         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
8151
8152         switch ( horizAlign )
8153         {
8154             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
8155                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8156                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
8157                 else
8158                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
8159                 break;
8160
8161             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8162                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8163                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
8164                 else
8165                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
8166                 break;
8167
8168             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
8169             default:
8170                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8171                     x = rect.x + 1;
8172                 else
8173                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
8174                 break;
8175         }
8176
8177         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8178         {
8179             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
8180             y += lineHeight;
8181         }
8182         else
8183         {
8184             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
8185             x += lineHeight;
8186         }
8187     }
8188 }
8189
8190 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
8191 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
8192 //
8193 // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here
8194 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const
8195 {
8196     int startPos = 0;
8197     int pos;
8198     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
8199     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
8200
8201     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8202     {
8203         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
8204         if ( pos < 0 )
8205         {
8206             break;
8207         }
8208         else if ( pos == 0 )
8209         {
8210             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
8211         }
8212         else
8213         {
8214             lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) );
8215         }
8216
8217         startPos += pos + 1;
8218     }
8219
8220     if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8221     {
8222         lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) );
8223     }
8224 }
8225
8226 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
8227                              const wxArrayString& lines,
8228                              long *width, long *height ) const
8229 {
8230     wxCoord w = 0;
8231     wxCoord h = 0;
8232     wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
8233
8234     size_t i;
8235     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
8236     {
8237         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
8238         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
8239         h += lineH;
8240     }
8241
8242     *width = w;
8243     *height = h;
8244 }
8245
8246 //
8247 // ------ Batch processing.
8248 //
8249 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
8250 {
8251     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
8252     {
8253         m_batchCount--;
8254         if ( !m_batchCount )
8255         {
8256             CalcDimensions();
8257             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8258             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8259             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8260             m_gridWin->Refresh();
8261         }
8262     }
8263 }
8264
8265 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
8266 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
8267 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
8268 //
8269 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
8270 {
8271     BeginBatch();
8272     EndBatch();
8273 }
8274
8275 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
8276 {
8277     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
8278         return false;
8279
8280     // redraw in the new state
8281     m_gridWin->Refresh();
8282
8283     return true;
8284 }
8285
8286 //
8287 // ------ Edit control functions
8288 //
8289
8290 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
8291 {
8292     // TODO: improve this ?
8293     //
8294     if ( edit != m_editable )
8295     {
8296         if (!edit)
8297             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
8298         m_editable = edit;
8299     }
8300 }
8301
8302 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
8303 {
8304     if (! m_editable)
8305         return;
8306
8307     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8308     {
8309         if ( enable )
8310         {
8311             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
8312                 return;
8313
8314             // this should be checked by the caller!
8315             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
8316
8317             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
8318             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8319
8320             ShowCellEditControl();
8321         }
8322         else
8323         {
8324             //FIXME:add veto support
8325             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN );
8326
8327             HideCellEditControl();
8328             SaveEditControlValue();
8329
8330             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
8331             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8332         }
8333     }
8334 }
8335
8336 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
8337 {
8338     // const_cast
8339     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8340     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
8341     attr->DecRef();
8342
8343     return readonly;
8344 }
8345
8346 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
8347 {
8348     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
8349         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
8350 }
8351
8352 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
8353 {
8354     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
8355     // current one if it's read only
8356     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
8357 }
8358
8359 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
8360 {
8361     bool isShown = false;
8362
8363     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8364     {
8365         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8366         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8367         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8368         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
8369         attr->DecRef();
8370
8371         if ( editor )
8372         {
8373             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
8374             {
8375                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
8376             }
8377
8378             editor->DecRef();
8379         }
8380     }
8381
8382     return isShown;
8383 }
8384
8385 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
8386 {
8387     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8388     {
8389         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
8390         {
8391             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
8392             return;
8393         }
8394         else
8395         {
8396             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
8397             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8398             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8399
8400             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
8401             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
8402             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8403             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
8404             {
8405                 row += cell_rows;
8406                 col += cell_cols;
8407                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
8408                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
8409             }
8410
8411             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
8412             // might not cover the entire cell
8413             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8414             PrepareDC( dc );
8415             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8416             dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
8417             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
8418             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
8419
8420             // convert to scrolled coords
8421             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8422
8423             int nXMove = 0;
8424             if (rect.x < 0)
8425                 nXMove = rect.x;
8426
8427             // cell is shifted by one pixel
8428             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
8429             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
8430             // "don't change."
8431             if (rect.x > 0)
8432                 rect.x--;
8433             if (rect.y > 0)
8434                 rect.y--;
8435
8436             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8437             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
8438             {
8439                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
8440                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
8441
8442                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
8443                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
8444                                              this,
8445                                              row,
8446                                              col,
8447                                              editor->GetControl());
8448                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
8449             }
8450
8451             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
8452             int maxWidth = rect.width;
8453             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
8454             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
8455             {
8456                 int y;
8457                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
8458                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
8459                     maxWidth = rect.width;
8460             }
8461
8462             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8463             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
8464                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
8465
8466             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
8467             {
8468                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8469                 // may have changed earlier
8470                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
8471                 {
8472                     int c_rows, c_cols;
8473                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
8474
8475                     // looks weird going over a multicell
8476                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
8477                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
8478                     {
8479                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
8480                     }
8481                     else
8482                         break;
8483                 }
8484
8485                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
8486                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
8487             }
8488
8489             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
8490             editor->SetSize( rect );
8491             if (nXMove != 0)
8492                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
8493                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
8494                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
8495             editor->Show( true, attr );
8496
8497             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
8498             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
8499             CalcDimensions();
8500
8501             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
8502             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
8503
8504             editor->DecRef();
8505             attr->DecRef();
8506         }
8507     }
8508 }
8509
8510 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
8511 {
8512     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8513     {
8514         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8515         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8516
8517         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8518         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8519         const bool editorHadFocus = editor->GetControl()->HasFocus();
8520         editor->Show( false );
8521         editor->DecRef();
8522         attr->DecRef();
8523
8524         // return the focus to the grid itself if the editor had it
8525         //
8526         // note that we must not do this unconditionally to avoid stealing
8527         // focus from the window which just received it if we are hiding the
8528         // editor precisely because we lost focus
8529         if ( editorHadFocus )
8530             m_gridWin->SetFocus();
8531
8532         // refresh whole row to the right
8533         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8534         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8535         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8536
8537 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8538         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8539         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8540 #endif
8541
8542         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8543     }
8544 }
8545
8546 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8547 {
8548     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8549     {
8550         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8551         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8552
8553         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8554
8555         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8556         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8557         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8558
8559         editor->DecRef();
8560         attr->DecRef();
8561
8562         if (changed)
8563         {
8564             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8565                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8566                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8567             {
8568                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8569                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8570             }
8571         }
8572     }
8573 }
8574
8575 //
8576 // ------ Grid location functions
8577 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8578 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8579 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8580 //
8581
8582 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const
8583 {
8584     int row = YToRow(y);
8585     int col = XToCol(x);
8586
8587     if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
8588     {
8589         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8590     }
8591     else
8592     {
8593         coords.Set( row, col );
8594     }
8595 }
8596
8597 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8598 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8599 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8600 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8601
8602 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8603                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8604                            bool clipToMinMax)
8605 {
8606     if (coord < 0)
8607         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8608
8609     if (!defaultDist)
8610         defaultDist = 1;
8611
8612     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8613            i_min = 0;
8614
8615     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8616     {
8617         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8618             return i_max;
8619         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8620     }
8621
8622     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8623     {
8624         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8625     }
8626     else
8627     {
8628         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8629         {
8630             i_min = i_max;
8631             if (minDist)
8632                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8633             else
8634                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8635         }
8636
8637         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8638             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8639     }
8640
8641     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8642         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8643     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8644         return 0;
8645
8646     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8647     {
8648         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8649                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8650         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8651             return i_max;
8652         else
8653             i_max--;
8654         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8655         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8656             i_max = median;
8657         else
8658             i_min = median;
8659     }
8660
8661     return i_max;
8662 }
8663
8664 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) const
8665 {
8666     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8667                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8668 }
8669
8670 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax ) const
8671 {
8672     if (x < 0)
8673         return clipToMinMax && (m_numCols > 0) ? GetColAt( 0 ) : -1;
8674
8675     wxASSERT_MSG(m_defaultColWidth > 0, wxT("Default column width can not be zero"));
8676
8677     int maxPos = x / m_defaultColWidth;
8678     int minPos = 0;
8679
8680     if (m_colRights.IsEmpty())
8681     {
8682         if(maxPos < m_numCols)
8683             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8684         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) : -1;
8685     }
8686
8687     if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8688         maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8689     else
8690     {
8691         if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8692         {
8693             minPos = maxPos;
8694             if (m_minAcceptableColWidth)
8695                 maxPos = x / m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8696             else
8697                 maxPos =  m_numCols - 1;
8698         }
8699         if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8700             maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8701     }
8702
8703     //X is beyond the last column
8704     if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8705         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( maxPos ) : -1;
8706
8707     //X is before the first column
8708     if ( x < m_colRights[GetColAt( 0 )] )
8709         return GetColAt( 0 );
8710
8711     //Perform a binary search
8712     while ( maxPos - minPos > 0 )
8713     {
8714         wxCHECK_MSG(m_colRights[GetColAt( minPos )] <= x && x < m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )],
8715                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in XToCol"));
8716
8717         if (x >=  m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos - 1 )])
8718             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8719         else
8720             maxPos--;
8721         int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
8722         if (x < m_colRights[GetColAt( median )])
8723             maxPos = median;
8724         else
8725             minPos = median;
8726     }
8727     return GetColAt( maxPos );
8728 }
8729
8730 // return the row number that that the y coord is near
8731 //  the edge of, or -1 if not near an edge.
8732 // coords can only possibly be near an edge if
8733 //    (a) the row/column is large enough to still allow for an "inner" area
8734 //        that is _not_ nead the edge (i.e., if the height/width is smaller
8735 //        than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, coords are _never_ considered to be
8736 //        near the edge).
8737 //   and
8738 //    (b) resizing rows/columns (the thing for which edge detection is
8739 //        relevant at all) is enabled.
8740 //
8741 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) const
8742 {
8743     int i;
8744     i = internalYToRow(y);
8745
8746     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragRowSize() )
8747     {
8748         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8749         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8750         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8751             return i;
8752         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8753             return i - 1;
8754     }
8755
8756     return -1;
8757 }
8758
8759 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8760 // -1 if not near an edge
8761 // See comment at YToEdgeOfRow for conditions on edge detection.
8762 //
8763 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) const
8764 {
8765     int i;
8766     i = internalXToCol(x);
8767
8768     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragColSize() )
8769     {
8770         // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are
8771         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8772         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8773             return i;
8774         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8775             return i - 1;
8776     }
8777
8778     return -1;
8779 }
8780
8781 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const
8782 {
8783     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8784
8785     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8786          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8787     {
8788         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8789         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8790         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8791         // if negative then find multicell owner
8792         if (cell_rows < 0)
8793             row += cell_rows;
8794         if (cell_cols < 0)
8795              col += cell_cols;
8796         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8797
8798         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8799         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8800         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8801             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8802         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8803             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8804     }
8805
8806     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8807     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8808     {
8809         rect.width -= 1;
8810         rect.height -= 1;
8811     }
8812
8813     return rect;
8814 }
8815
8816 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const
8817 {
8818     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8819     //
8820     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8821
8822     // convert to device coords
8823     //
8824     int left, top, right, bottom;
8825     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8826     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8827
8828     // check against the client area of the grid window
8829     int cw, ch;
8830     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8831
8832     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8833     {
8834         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8835         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
8836                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
8837     }
8838     else
8839     {
8840         // is the cell partly visible ?
8841         //
8842         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
8843                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8844     }
8845 }
8846
8847 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8848 // of scrolling
8849 //
8850 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8851 {
8852     int i;
8853     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8854
8855     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8856          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8857     {
8858         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8859         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8860
8861         // convert to device coords
8862         int left, top, right, bottom;
8863         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8864         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8865
8866         int cw, ch;
8867         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8868
8869         if ( top < 0 )
8870         {
8871             ypos = r.GetTop();
8872         }
8873         else if ( bottom > ch )
8874         {
8875             int h = r.GetHeight();
8876             ypos = r.GetTop();
8877             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
8878             {
8879                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8880                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8881                     break;
8882
8883                 h += rowHeight;
8884                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8885             }
8886
8887             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8888             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
8889             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8890             //
8891             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
8892             // so just add a full scroll unit...
8893             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8894         }
8895
8896         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8897         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8898         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8899 //      if ( left < 0 )
8900         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
8901         {
8902             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8903         }
8904         else if ( right > cw )
8905         {
8906             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8907             int x0, y0;
8908             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8909             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8910
8911             // see comment for ypos above
8912             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8913         }
8914
8915         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
8916         {
8917             if ( xpos != -1 )
8918                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8919             if ( ypos != -1 )
8920                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8921             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8922             AdjustScrollbars();
8923         }
8924     }
8925 }
8926
8927 //
8928 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8929 //
8930
8931 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8932 {
8933     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8934          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8935     {
8936         if ( expandSelection )
8937         {
8938             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8939                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8940             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8941             {
8942                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8943                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8944                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8945                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8946             }
8947         }
8948         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8949         {
8950             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8951             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8952             ClearSelection();
8953             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8954             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8955         }
8956         else
8957             return false;
8958
8959         return true;
8960     }
8961
8962     return false;
8963 }
8964
8965 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8966 {
8967     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8968          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8969     {
8970         if ( expandSelection )
8971         {
8972             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8973                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8974             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8975             {
8976                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8977                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8978                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8979                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8980             }
8981         }
8982         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8983         {
8984             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8985             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8986             ClearSelection();
8987             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8988             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8989         }
8990         else
8991             return false;
8992
8993         return true;
8994     }
8995
8996     return false;
8997 }
8998
8999 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
9000 {
9001     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9002          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
9003     {
9004         if ( expandSelection )
9005         {
9006             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9007                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
9008             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
9009             {
9010                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
9011                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
9012                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
9013                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9014             }
9015         }
9016         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) > 0 )
9017         {
9018             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9019             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) - 1 );
9020             ClearSelection();
9021
9022             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9023             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9024         }
9025         else
9026             return false;
9027
9028         return true;
9029     }
9030
9031     return false;
9032 }
9033
9034 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
9035 {
9036     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9037          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
9038     {
9039         if ( expandSelection )
9040         {
9041             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9042                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
9043             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9044             {
9045                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
9046                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
9047                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
9048                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9049             }
9050         }
9051         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < m_numCols - 1 )
9052         {
9053             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9054             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) + 1 );
9055             ClearSelection();
9056
9057             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9058             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9059         }
9060         else
9061             return false;
9062
9063         return true;
9064     }
9065
9066     return false;
9067 }
9068
9069 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
9070 {
9071     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9072         return false;
9073
9074     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9075     if ( row > 0 )
9076     {
9077         int cw, ch;
9078         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9079
9080         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9081         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
9082
9083         if ( newRow == row )
9084         {
9085             // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here.
9086             newRow = row - 1;
9087         }
9088
9089         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9090         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9091
9092         return true;
9093     }
9094
9095     return false;
9096 }
9097
9098 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
9099 {
9100     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9101         return false;
9102
9103     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9104     if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows )
9105     {
9106         int cw, ch;
9107         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9108
9109         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9110         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
9111         if ( newRow == row )
9112         {
9113             // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here.
9114             newRow = row + 1;
9115         }
9116
9117         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9118         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9119
9120         return true;
9121     }
9122
9123     return false;
9124 }
9125
9126 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
9127 {
9128     if ( m_table &&
9129          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9130          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
9131     {
9132         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9133         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9134
9135         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9136         {
9137             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9138             // non-empty cells
9139             //
9140             while ( row > 0 )
9141             {
9142                 row--;
9143                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9144                     break;
9145             }
9146         }
9147         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) )
9148         {
9149             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
9150             //
9151             row--;
9152             while ( row > 0 )
9153             {
9154                 row--;
9155                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9156                     break;
9157             }
9158         }
9159         else
9160         {
9161             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
9162             //
9163             while ( row > 0 )
9164             {
9165                 row--;
9166                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9167                 {
9168                     row++;
9169                     break;
9170                 }
9171             }
9172         }
9173
9174         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9175         if ( expandSelection )
9176         {
9177             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9178             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9179         }
9180         else
9181         {
9182             ClearSelection();
9183             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9184         }
9185
9186         return true;
9187     }
9188
9189     return false;
9190 }
9191
9192 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
9193 {
9194     if ( m_table &&
9195          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9196          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
9197     {
9198         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9199         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9200
9201         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9202         {
9203             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9204             // non-empty cells
9205             //
9206             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9207             {
9208                 row++;
9209                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9210                     break;
9211             }
9212         }
9213         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) )
9214         {
9215             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
9216             //
9217             row++;
9218             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9219             {
9220                 row++;
9221                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9222                     break;
9223             }
9224         }
9225         else
9226         {
9227             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
9228             //
9229             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9230             {
9231                 row++;
9232                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9233                 {
9234                     row--;
9235                     break;
9236                 }
9237             }
9238         }
9239
9240         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9241         if ( expandSelection )
9242         {
9243             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9244             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9245         }
9246         else
9247         {
9248             ClearSelection();
9249             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9250         }
9251
9252         return true;
9253     }
9254
9255     return false;
9256 }
9257
9258 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
9259 {
9260     if ( m_table &&
9261          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9262          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
9263     {
9264         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9265         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9266
9267         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9268         {
9269             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9270             // non-empty cells
9271             //
9272             while ( col > 0 )
9273             {
9274                 col--;
9275                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9276                     break;
9277             }
9278         }
9279         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) )
9280         {
9281             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
9282             //
9283             col--;
9284             while ( col > 0 )
9285             {
9286                 col--;
9287                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9288                     break;
9289             }
9290         }
9291         else
9292         {
9293             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
9294             //
9295             while ( col > 0 )
9296             {
9297                 col--;
9298                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9299                 {
9300                     col++;
9301                     break;
9302                 }
9303             }
9304         }
9305
9306         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9307         if ( expandSelection )
9308         {
9309             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9310             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9311         }
9312         else
9313         {
9314             ClearSelection();
9315             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9316         }
9317
9318         return true;
9319     }
9320
9321     return false;
9322 }
9323
9324 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
9325 {
9326     if ( m_table &&
9327          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9328          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9329     {
9330         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9331         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9332
9333         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9334         {
9335             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9336             // non-empty cells
9337             //
9338             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9339             {
9340                 col++;
9341                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9342                     break;
9343             }
9344         }
9345         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) )
9346         {
9347             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
9348             //
9349             col++;
9350             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9351             {
9352                 col++;
9353                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9354                     break;
9355             }
9356         }
9357         else
9358         {
9359             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
9360             //
9361             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9362             {
9363                 col++;
9364                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9365                 {
9366                     col--;
9367                     break;
9368                 }
9369             }
9370         }
9371
9372         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9373         if ( expandSelection )
9374         {
9375             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9376             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9377         }
9378         else
9379         {
9380             ClearSelection();
9381             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9382         }
9383
9384         return true;
9385     }
9386
9387     return false;
9388 }
9389
9390 //
9391 // ------ Label values and formatting
9392 //
9393
9394 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9395 {
9396     if ( horiz )
9397         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
9398     if ( vert )
9399         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
9400 }
9401
9402 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9403 {
9404     if ( horiz )
9405         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
9406     if ( vert )
9407         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
9408 }
9409
9410 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const
9411 {
9412     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
9413 }
9414
9415 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const
9416 {
9417     if ( m_table )
9418     {
9419         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
9420     }
9421     else
9422     {
9423         wxString s;
9424         s << row;
9425         return s;
9426     }
9427 }
9428
9429 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const
9430 {
9431     if ( m_table )
9432     {
9433         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
9434     }
9435     else
9436     {
9437         wxString s;
9438         s << col;
9439         return s;
9440     }
9441 }
9442
9443 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
9444 {
9445     wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9446
9447     if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9448     {
9449         width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW);
9450     }
9451
9452     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
9453     {
9454         if ( width == 0 )
9455         {
9456             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
9457             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9458         }
9459         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
9460         {
9461             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
9462             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
9463                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9464         }
9465
9466         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
9467         CalcWindowSizes();
9468         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9469     }
9470 }
9471
9472 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
9473 {
9474     wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9475
9476     if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9477     {
9478         height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN);
9479     }
9480
9481     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
9482     {
9483         if ( height == 0 )
9484         {
9485             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
9486             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9487         }
9488         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
9489         {
9490             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
9491             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
9492                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9493         }
9494
9495         m_colLabelHeight = height;
9496         CalcWindowSizes();
9497         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9498     }
9499 }
9500
9501 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
9502 {
9503     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
9504     {
9505         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
9506         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9507         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9508         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9509
9510         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9511         {
9512             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9513             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9514             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
9515         }
9516     }
9517 }
9518
9519 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
9520 {
9521     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
9522     {
9523         m_labelTextColour = colour;
9524         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9525         {
9526             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9527             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9528         }
9529     }
9530 }
9531
9532 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
9533 {
9534     m_labelFont = font;
9535     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9536     {
9537         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9538         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9539     }
9540 }
9541
9542 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9543 {
9544     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9545     switch ( horiz )
9546     {
9547         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9548         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9549         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9550     }
9551
9552     switch ( vert )
9553     {
9554         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9555         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9556         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9557     }
9558
9559     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9560     {
9561         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9562     }
9563
9564     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9565     {
9566         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
9567     }
9568
9569     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9570     {
9571         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9572     }
9573 }
9574
9575 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9576 {
9577     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9578     switch ( horiz )
9579     {
9580         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9581         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9582         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9583     }
9584
9585     switch ( vert )
9586     {
9587         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9588         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9589         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9590     }
9591
9592     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9593     {
9594         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9595     }
9596
9597     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9598     {
9599         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
9600     }
9601
9602     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9603     {
9604         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9605     }
9606 }
9607
9608 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
9609 //       does not support vertical printing
9610 //
9611 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9612 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9613 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9614 //
9615 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9616 {
9617     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9618         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9619
9620     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9621         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9622 }
9623
9624 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9625 {
9626     if ( m_table )
9627     {
9628         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9629         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9630         {
9631             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9632             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9633             {
9634                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9635                 rect.x = 0;
9636                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9637                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9638             }
9639         }
9640     }
9641 }
9642
9643 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9644 {
9645     if ( m_table )
9646     {
9647         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9648         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9649         {
9650             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9651             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9652             {
9653                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9654                 rect.y = 0;
9655                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9656                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9657             }
9658         }
9659     }
9660 }
9661
9662 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9663 {
9664     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9665     {
9666         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9667
9668         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9669         PrepareDC( dc );
9670         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9671     }
9672 }
9673
9674 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9675 {
9676     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9677     {
9678         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9679
9680         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9681         PrepareDC( dc );
9682         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9683         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9684         attr->DecRef();
9685     }
9686 }
9687
9688 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9689 {
9690     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9691     {
9692         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9693
9694         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9695         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9696         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9697         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9698         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9699             return;
9700
9701         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9702         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9703     }
9704 }
9705
9706 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9707 {
9708     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9709     {
9710         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9711
9712         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9713         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9714         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9715         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9716         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ||
9717                 GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9718             return;
9719
9720         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9721         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9722     }
9723 }
9724
9725 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9726 {
9727     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9728     {
9729         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9730
9731         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9732         {
9733             if ( enable )
9734             {
9735                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9736                 PrepareDC( dc );
9737                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9738             }
9739             else
9740             {
9741                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9742             }
9743         }
9744     }
9745 }
9746
9747 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const
9748 {
9749     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9750 }
9751
9752 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const
9753 {
9754     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9755
9756     return GetRowHeight(row);
9757 }
9758
9759 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const
9760 {
9761     return m_defaultColWidth;
9762 }
9763
9764 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const
9765 {
9766     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9767
9768     return GetColWidth(col);
9769 }
9770
9771 // ============================================================================
9772 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9773 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9774 // ============================================================================
9775
9776 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9777 // setting default attributes
9778 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9779
9780 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9781 {
9782     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9783 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9784     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9785 #endif
9786 }
9787
9788 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9789 {
9790     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9791 }
9792
9793 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9794 {
9795     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9796 }
9797
9798 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9799 {
9800     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9801 }
9802
9803 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9804 {
9805     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9806 }
9807
9808 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9809 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9810 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9811 // work correctly.
9812
9813 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9814 {
9815     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9816                      renderer,
9817                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9818 }
9819
9820 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9821 {
9822     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9823                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9824                      editor);
9825 }
9826
9827 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9828 // access to the default attributes
9829 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9830
9831 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const
9832 {
9833     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9834 }
9835
9836 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const
9837 {
9838     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9839 }
9840
9841 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const
9842 {
9843     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9844 }
9845
9846 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9847 {
9848     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9849 }
9850
9851 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const
9852 {
9853     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9854 }
9855
9856 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9857 {
9858     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9859 }
9860
9861 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9862 {
9863     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9864 }
9865
9866 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9867 // access to cell attributes
9868 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9869
9870 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const
9871 {
9872     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9873     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9874     attr->DecRef();
9875
9876     return colour;
9877 }
9878
9879 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const
9880 {
9881     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9882     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9883     attr->DecRef();
9884
9885     return colour;
9886 }
9887
9888 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const
9889 {
9890     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9891     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9892     attr->DecRef();
9893
9894     return font;
9895 }
9896
9897 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9898 {
9899     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9900     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9901     attr->DecRef();
9902 }
9903
9904 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const
9905 {
9906     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9907     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9908     attr->DecRef();
9909
9910     return allow;
9911 }
9912
9913 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
9914 {
9915     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9916     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9917     attr->DecRef();
9918 }
9919
9920 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const
9921 {
9922     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9923     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9924     attr->DecRef();
9925
9926     return renderer;
9927 }
9928
9929 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const
9930 {
9931     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9932     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9933     attr->DecRef();
9934
9935     return editor;
9936 }
9937
9938 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9939 {
9940     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9941     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9942     attr->DecRef();
9943
9944     return isReadOnly;
9945 }
9946
9947 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9948 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9949 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9950
9951 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const
9952 {
9953     if ( !m_table )
9954     {
9955         return false;
9956     }
9957
9958     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9959 }
9960
9961 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9962 {
9963     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9964     {
9965         wxGridCellAttr *oldAttr = m_attrCache.attr;
9966         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9967         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9968         // wxSafeDecRec(...) might cause event processing that accesses
9969         // the cached attribute, if one exists (e.g. by deleting the
9970         // editor stored within the attribute). Therefore it is important
9971         // to invalidate the cache  before calling wxSafeDecRef!
9972         wxSafeDecRef(oldAttr);
9973     }
9974 }
9975
9976 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9977 {
9978     if ( attr != NULL )
9979     {
9980         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9981
9982         self->ClearAttrCache();
9983         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9984         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9985         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9986         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9987     }
9988 }
9989
9990 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9991 {
9992     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9993     {
9994         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9995         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9996
9997 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9998         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9999 #endif
10000
10001         return true;
10002     }
10003     else
10004     {
10005 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
10006         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
10007 #endif
10008
10009         return false;
10010     }
10011 }
10012
10013 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
10014 {
10015     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
10016     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
10017     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
10018     if ( row >= 0 )
10019     {
10020         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
10021         {
10022             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
10023                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
10024             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
10025         }
10026     }
10027
10028     if (attr)
10029     {
10030         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
10031     }
10032     else
10033     {
10034         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
10035         attr->IncRef();
10036     }
10037
10038     return attr;
10039 }
10040
10041 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
10042 {
10043     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
10044     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
10045
10046     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
10047     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
10048
10049     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
10050     if ( !attr )
10051     {
10052         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
10053
10054         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
10055         attr->IncRef();
10056         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10057     }
10058
10059     return attr;
10060 }
10061
10062 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10063 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
10064 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10065
10066 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
10067 {
10068     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
10069 }
10070
10071 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
10072 {
10073     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
10074 }
10075
10076 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
10077 {
10078     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
10079     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
10080     {
10081         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
10082     }
10083
10084     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
10085 }
10086
10087 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
10088 {
10089     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
10090     if (!attr)
10091         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
10092     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10093     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10094     wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10095     attr->SetEditor(editor);
10096
10097     SetColAttr(col, attr);
10098
10099 }
10100
10101 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10102 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
10103 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10104
10105 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10106 {
10107     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10108     {
10109         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10110         ClearAttrCache();
10111     }
10112     else
10113     {
10114         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10115     }
10116 }
10117
10118 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10119 {
10120     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10121     {
10122         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
10123         ClearAttrCache();
10124     }
10125     else
10126     {
10127         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10128     }
10129 }
10130
10131 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10132 {
10133     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10134     {
10135         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
10136         ClearAttrCache();
10137     }
10138     else
10139     {
10140         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10141     }
10142 }
10143
10144 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10145 {
10146     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10147     {
10148         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10149         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
10150         attr->DecRef();
10151     }
10152 }
10153
10154 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10155 {
10156     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10157     {
10158         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10159         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
10160         attr->DecRef();
10161     }
10162 }
10163
10164 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
10165 {
10166     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10167     {
10168         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10169         attr->SetFont(font);
10170         attr->DecRef();
10171     }
10172 }
10173
10174 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
10175 {
10176     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10177     {
10178         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10179         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
10180         attr->DecRef();
10181     }
10182 }
10183
10184 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
10185 {
10186     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10187     {
10188         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10189         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
10190         attr->DecRef();
10191     }
10192 }
10193
10194 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
10195 {
10196     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10197     {
10198         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
10199
10200         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10201         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
10202         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
10203         attr->DecRef();
10204
10205         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
10206         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
10207         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
10208         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
10209         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
10210                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
10211         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
10212                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
10213
10214         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
10215         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
10216         {
10217             int i, j;
10218             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
10219             {
10220                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
10221                 {
10222                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10223                     {
10224                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10225                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
10226                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10227                     }
10228                 }
10229             }
10230         }
10231
10232         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
10233         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
10234         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
10235         {
10236             int i, j;
10237             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
10238             {
10239                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
10240                 {
10241                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10242                     {
10243                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10244                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
10245                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10246                     }
10247                 }
10248             }
10249         }
10250     }
10251 }
10252
10253 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
10254 {
10255     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10256     {
10257         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10258         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10259         attr->DecRef();
10260     }
10261 }
10262
10263 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10264 {
10265     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10266     {
10267         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10268         attr->SetEditor(editor);
10269         attr->DecRef();
10270     }
10271 }
10272
10273 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
10274 {
10275     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10276     {
10277         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10278         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
10279         attr->DecRef();
10280     }
10281 }
10282
10283 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10284 // Data type registration
10285 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10286
10287 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
10288                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
10289                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10290 {
10291     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
10292 }
10293
10294
10295 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
10296 {
10297     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10298     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10299 }
10300
10301 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
10302 {
10303     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10304     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10305 }
10306
10307 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10308 {
10309     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10310     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10311     {
10312         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10313
10314         return NULL;
10315     }
10316
10317     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
10318 }
10319
10320 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10321 {
10322     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10323     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10324     {
10325         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10326
10327         return NULL;
10328     }
10329
10330     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
10331 }
10332
10333 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10334 // row/col size
10335 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10336
10337 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
10338 {
10339     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
10340 }
10341
10342 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
10343 {
10344     m_canDragColSize = enable;
10345 }
10346
10347 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
10348 {
10349     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
10350 }
10351
10352 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
10353 {
10354     m_canDragCell = enable;
10355 }
10356
10357 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
10358 {
10359     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
10360
10361     if ( resizeExistingRows )
10362     {
10363         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
10364         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
10365         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10366         // some speed optimisations)
10367         m_rowHeights.Empty();
10368         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
10369         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10370             CalcDimensions();
10371     }
10372 }
10373
10374 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
10375 {
10376     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
10377
10378     // if < 0 then calculate new height from label
10379     if ( height < 0 )
10380     {
10381         long w, h;
10382         wxArrayString lines;
10383         wxClientDC dc(m_rowLabelWin);
10384         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10385         StringToLines(GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines);
10386         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10387         //check that it is not less than the minimal height
10388         height = wxMax(h, GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight());
10389     }
10390
10391     // See comment in SetColSize
10392     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10393         return;
10394
10395     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
10396     {
10397         // need to really create the array
10398         InitRowHeights();
10399     }
10400
10401     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
10402     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
10403
10404     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
10405     for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
10406     {
10407         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
10408     }
10409
10410     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10411         CalcDimensions();
10412 }
10413
10414 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
10415 {
10416     // we dont allow zero default column width
10417     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 );
10418
10419     if ( resizeExistingCols )
10420     {
10421         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
10422         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
10423         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10424         // some speed optimisations)
10425         m_colWidths.Empty();
10426         m_colRights.Empty();
10427         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10428             CalcDimensions();
10429     }
10430 }
10431
10432 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
10433 {
10434     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
10435
10436     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
10437     if ( width < 0 )
10438     {
10439         long w, h;
10440         wxArrayString lines;
10441         wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
10442         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10443         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
10444         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10445             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10446         else
10447             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10448         width = w + 6;
10449         //check that it is not less than the minimal width
10450         width = wxMax(width, GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth());
10451     }
10452
10453     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
10454     //                                                                 (VZ)
10455     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
10456     // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker
10457     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
10458     //
10459     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
10460
10461     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
10462         return;
10463
10464     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
10465     {
10466         // need to really create the array
10467         InitColWidths();
10468     }
10469
10470     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
10471     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
10472     m_colWidths[col] = w;
10473
10474     for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
10475     {
10476         m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff;
10477     }
10478
10479     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10480         CalcDimensions();
10481 }
10482
10483 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
10484 {
10485     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
10486     {
10487         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10488         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
10489     }
10490 }
10491
10492 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
10493 {
10494     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10495     {
10496         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10497         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
10498     }
10499 }
10500
10501 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
10502 {
10503     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10504     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
10505
10506     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10507 }
10508
10509 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
10510 {
10511     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10512     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
10513
10514     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10515 }
10516
10517 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
10518 {
10519     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
10520     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
10521     if ( width >= 0 )
10522         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
10523 }
10524
10525 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
10526 {
10527     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
10528     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
10529     if ( height >= 0 )
10530         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
10531 }
10532
10533 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
10534 {
10535     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10536 }
10537
10538 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
10539 {
10540     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10541 }
10542
10543 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10544 // auto sizing
10545 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10546
10547 void
10548 wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction)
10549 {
10550     const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN;
10551
10552     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
10553
10554     // cancel editing of cell
10555     HideCellEditControl();
10556     SaveEditControlValue();
10557
10558     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
10559     int row = -1,
10560         col = -1;
10561     if ( column )
10562         col = colOrRow;
10563     else
10564         row = colOrRow;
10565
10566     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
10567     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10568     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
10569     {
10570         if ( column )
10571             row = rowOrCol;
10572         else
10573             col = rowOrCol;
10574
10575         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
10576         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
10577         if ( renderer )
10578         {
10579             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
10580             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
10581             if ( extent > extentMax )
10582                 extentMax = extent;
10583
10584             renderer->DecRef();
10585         }
10586
10587         attr->DecRef();
10588     }
10589
10590     // now also compare with the column label extent
10591     wxCoord w, h;
10592     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
10593
10594     if ( column )
10595     {
10596         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
10597         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
10598             w = h;
10599     }
10600     else
10601         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
10602
10603     extent = column ? w : h;
10604     if ( extent > extentMax )
10605         extentMax = extent;
10606
10607     if ( !extentMax )
10608     {
10609         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10610         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10611         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
10612     }
10613     else
10614     {
10615         if ( column )
10616             // leave some space around text
10617             extentMax += 10;
10618         else
10619             extentMax += 6;
10620     }
10621
10622     if ( column )
10623     {
10624         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the
10625         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10626         // in SetColSize().
10627         if ( !setAsMin )
10628             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col));
10629
10630         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
10631         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10632         {
10633             int cw, ch, dummy;
10634             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10635             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
10636             rect.y = 0;
10637             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10638             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10639             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10640             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10641         }
10642     }
10643     else
10644     {
10645         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the
10646         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10647         // in SetRowSize().
10648         if ( !setAsMin )
10649             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row));
10650
10651         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10652         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10653         {
10654             int cw, ch, dummy;
10655             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10656             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10657             rect.x = 0;
10658             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10659             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10660             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10661             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10662         }
10663     }
10664
10665     if ( setAsMin )
10666     {
10667         if ( column )
10668             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10669         else
10670             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10671     }
10672 }
10673
10674 wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction)
10675 {
10676     // calculate size for the rows or columns?
10677     const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW;
10678
10679     wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow()
10680                            : GetGridColLabelWindow());
10681     dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10682
10683     // which dimension should we take into account for calculations?
10684     //
10685     // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows
10686     // we also have to take into account the text orientation
10687     const bool
10688         useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL);
10689
10690     wxArrayString lines;
10691     wxCoord extentMax = 0;
10692
10693     const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10694     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ )
10695     {
10696         lines.Clear();
10697
10698         wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol)
10699                                   : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol);
10700         StringToLines(label, lines);
10701
10702         long w, h;
10703         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10704
10705         const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h;
10706         if ( extent > extentMax )
10707             extentMax = extent;
10708     }
10709
10710     if ( !extentMax )
10711     {
10712         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10713         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10714         extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize()
10715                              : GetDefaultColLabelSize();
10716     }
10717
10718     // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow)
10719     if ( calcRows )
10720         extentMax += 10;
10721     else
10722         extentMax += 6;
10723
10724     return extentMax;
10725 }
10726
10727 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10728 {
10729     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10730
10731     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10732     if(!calcOnly)
10733         locker.Create(this);
10734
10735     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10736     {
10737         if ( !calcOnly )
10738             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10739
10740         width += GetColWidth(col);
10741     }
10742
10743     return width;
10744 }
10745
10746 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10747 {
10748     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10749
10750     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10751     if(!calcOnly)
10752         locker.Create(this);
10753
10754     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10755     {
10756         if ( !calcOnly )
10757             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10758
10759         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10760     }
10761
10762     return height;
10763 }
10764
10765 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10766 {
10767     wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
10768
10769     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10770                 SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10771
10772     // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to
10773     // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct
10774     // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars
10775     SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true);
10776
10777     // restore the scroll rate parameters overwritten by SetScrollbars()
10778     SetScrollRate(m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY);
10779
10780     SetClientSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight);
10781 }
10782
10783 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10784 {
10785     // Hide the edit control, so it
10786     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10787     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10788     {
10789         HideCellEditControl();
10790         SaveEditControlValue();
10791     }
10792
10793     // autosize row height depending on label text
10794     SetRowSize(row, -1);
10795     ForceRefresh();
10796 }
10797
10798 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10799 {
10800     // Hide the edit control, so it
10801     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10802     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10803     {
10804         HideCellEditControl();
10805         SaveEditControlValue();
10806     }
10807
10808     // autosize column width depending on label text
10809     SetColSize(col, -1);
10810     ForceRefresh();
10811 }
10812
10813 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10814 {
10815     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10816
10817     // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't
10818     // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them
10819     wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10820                 self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10821
10822     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10823     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10824     // calculation.
10825     // CacheBestSize(size);
10826
10827     return wxSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight)
10828             + GetWindowBorderSize();
10829 }
10830
10831 void wxGrid::Fit()
10832 {
10833     AutoSize();
10834 }
10835
10836 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10837 {
10838     return wxNullPen;
10839 }
10840
10841 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10842 // cell value accessor functions
10843 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10844
10845 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10846 {
10847     if ( m_table )
10848     {
10849         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10850         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10851         {
10852             int dummy;
10853             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10854             rect.x = 0;
10855             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10856             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10857             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10858         }
10859
10860         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10861              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10862              IsCellEditControlShown())
10863              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10864              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10865              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10866         {
10867             HideCellEditControl();
10868             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10869         }
10870     }
10871 }
10872
10873 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10874 // block, row and column selection
10875 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10876
10877 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10878 {
10879     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10880         ClearSelection();
10881
10882     if ( m_selection )
10883         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10884 }
10885
10886 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10887 {
10888     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10889         ClearSelection();
10890
10891     if ( m_selection )
10892         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10893 }
10894
10895 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10896                           bool addToSelected )
10897 {
10898     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10899         ClearSelection();
10900
10901     if ( m_selection )
10902         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10903                                   false, addToSelected );
10904 }
10905
10906 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10907 {
10908     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10909     {
10910         if ( m_selection )
10911             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10912     }
10913 }
10914
10915 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10916 // cell, row and col deselection
10917 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10918
10919 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10920 {
10921     if ( !m_selection )
10922         return;
10923
10924     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10925     {
10926         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10927             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0);
10928     }
10929     else
10930     {
10931         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10932         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
10933         {
10934             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10935                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i);
10936         }
10937     }
10938 }
10939
10940 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10941 {
10942     if ( !m_selection )
10943         return;
10944
10945     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10946     {
10947         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10948             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col);
10949     }
10950     else
10951     {
10952         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10953         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ )
10954         {
10955             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10956                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10957         }
10958     }
10959 }
10960
10961 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10962 {
10963     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10964         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10965 }
10966
10967 bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const
10968 {
10969     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10970              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10971                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10972 }
10973
10974 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10975 {
10976     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10977              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10978                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10979                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10980                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10981 }
10982
10983 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10984 {
10985     if (!m_selection)
10986     {
10987         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10988         return a;
10989     }
10990
10991     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10992 }
10993
10994 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10995 {
10996     if (!m_selection)
10997     {
10998         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10999         return a;
11000     }
11001
11002     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
11003 }
11004
11005 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
11006 {
11007     if (!m_selection)
11008     {
11009         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
11010         return a;
11011     }
11012
11013     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
11014 }
11015
11016 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
11017 {
11018     if (!m_selection)
11019     {
11020         wxArrayInt a;
11021         return a;
11022     }
11023
11024     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
11025 }
11026
11027 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
11028 {
11029     if (!m_selection)
11030     {
11031         wxArrayInt a;
11032         return a;
11033     }
11034
11035     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
11036 }
11037
11038 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
11039 {
11040     wxRect r1 = BlockToDeviceRect( m_selectingTopLeft, m_selectingBottomRight);
11041     wxRect r2 = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
11042     m_selectingTopLeft =
11043     m_selectingBottomRight =
11044     m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
11045     Refresh( false, &r1 );
11046     Refresh( false, &r2 );
11047     if ( m_selection )
11048         m_selection->ClearSelection();
11049 }
11050
11051 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
11052 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
11053 //
11054 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11055                                   const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const
11056 {
11057     wxRect resultRect;
11058     wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft);
11059     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11060     {
11061         resultRect = tempCellRect;
11062     }
11063     else
11064     {
11065         resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
11066     }
11067
11068     tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight);
11069     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11070     {
11071         resultRect += tempCellRect;
11072     }
11073     else
11074     {
11075         // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do.
11076         return wxGridNoCellRect;
11077     }
11078
11079     // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order.
11080     int left = resultRect.GetLeft();
11081     int top = resultRect.GetTop();
11082     int right = resultRect.GetRight();
11083     int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom();
11084
11085     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
11086     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
11087     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
11088     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
11089
11090     if (left > right)
11091     {
11092         int tmp = left;
11093         left = right;
11094         right = tmp;
11095
11096         tmp = leftCol;
11097         leftCol = rightCol;
11098         rightCol = tmp;
11099     }
11100
11101     if (top > bottom)
11102     {
11103         int tmp = top;
11104         top = bottom;
11105         bottom = tmp;
11106
11107         tmp = topRow;
11108         topRow = bottomRow;
11109         bottomRow = tmp;
11110     }
11111
11112     // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells.
11113     int cw, ch;
11114     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
11115
11116     // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the
11117     // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right.
11118     int gridOriginX = 0;
11119     int gridOriginY = 0;
11120     CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY);
11121
11122     int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX);
11123     int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY);
11124
11125     int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw);
11126     int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch);
11127
11128     // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block
11129     // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values
11130     // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the
11131     // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately.
11132     const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow);
11133     const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow);
11134     const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol);
11135     const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol);
11136
11137     for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ )
11138     {
11139         for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ )
11140         {
11141             if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) ||
11142                     (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) )
11143             {
11144                 tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
11145
11146                 if (tempCellRect.x < left)
11147                     left = tempCellRect.x;
11148                 if (tempCellRect.y < top)
11149                     top = tempCellRect.y;
11150                 if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right)
11151                     right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width;
11152                 if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom)
11153                     bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height;
11154             }
11155             else
11156             {
11157                 i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells.
11158             }
11159         }
11160     }
11161
11162     // Convert to scrolled coords
11163     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
11164     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
11165
11166     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
11167         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
11168
11169     resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
11170     resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
11171     resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
11172     resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
11173
11174     return resultRect;
11175 }
11176
11177 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11178 // drop target
11179 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11180
11181 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11182
11183 // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid
11184 void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget)
11185 {
11186     GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget);
11187 }
11188
11189 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11190
11191 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11192 // grid event classes
11193 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11194
11195 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11196
11197 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11198                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
11199                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11200         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11201 {
11202     m_row = row;
11203     m_col = col;
11204     m_x = x;
11205     m_y = y;
11206     m_selecting = sel;
11207     m_control = control;
11208     m_shift = shift;
11209     m_alt = alt;
11210     m_meta = meta;
11211
11212     SetEventObject(obj);
11213 }
11214
11215
11216 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11217
11218 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11219                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
11220                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11221         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11222 {
11223     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
11224     m_x = x;
11225     m_y = y;
11226     m_control = control;
11227     m_shift = shift;
11228     m_alt = alt;
11229     m_meta = meta;
11230
11231     SetEventObject(obj);
11232 }
11233
11234
11235 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11236
11237 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11238                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11239                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
11240                                                bool sel, bool control,
11241                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11242         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11243 {
11244     m_topLeft = topLeft;
11245     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
11246     m_selecting = sel;
11247     m_control = control;
11248     m_shift = shift;
11249     m_alt = alt;
11250     m_meta = meta;
11251
11252     SetEventObject(obj);
11253 }
11254
11255
11256 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
11257
11258 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
11259                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
11260                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
11261     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
11262 {
11263     SetEventObject(obj);
11264     m_row = row;
11265     m_col = col;
11266     m_ctrl = ctrl;
11267 }
11268
11269 #endif // wxUSE_GRID